UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20162018

Commission file number 000-21783

8x8, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware	77-0142404
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

2125 O'Nel Drive
San Jose, CA    95131
(Address of Principal Executive Offices including Zip Code)

(408) 727-1885
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.001 PER SHARE

Name of each exchange on which registered NASDAQNew York Stock Market LLCExchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES   x        NO   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES   ¨        NO   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES   x        NO   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     YES  x     NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer"filer," "smaller reporting company" and "smaller reporting"emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
YES   ¨        NO   x

Based on the closing sale price of the Registrant's common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market System on September 30, 2015,2017, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $715,364,941.approximately $1.2 billion. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by officers and directors of the Registrant, and any beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock whothat the Registrant believes may be affiliates, if any, have been excluded as shares that might be deemed to be held by affiliates. The determination of affiliate status for this purpose is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purpose.

The number of shares of the Registrant's common stock outstanding as of May 27, 201623, 2018 was 89,370,746.93,004,774.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III incorporate information by reference from the Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days of March 31, 20162018 for the 20162018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

8X8, INC.

INDEX TO
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 20162018

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors

Statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K, or Annual Report, regarding our expectations, beliefs, estimates, intentions or strategies are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. For example, words such as "may," "will," "should," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continue," "strategy," "believes," "anticipates," "plans," "expects," "intends," and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Actual results and trends may differ materially from historical results and those projected in any such forward-looking statements depending on a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to-to:

• market acceptance of new or existing services and features,
• success ofcustomer acceptance and demand for our efforts to target mid-marketcloud communication and larger distributed enterprises,collaboration services,
• changes in the competitive dynamics of the markets in which we compete,
• the quality and reliability of our services,
• customer cancellations and rate of churn,
• impact of current economic climate and adverse credit markets on our target customers,
• our ability to scale our business,
• customer acquisition costs,
• our reliance on infrastructure of third-party network services providers,
• risk of failure in our physical infrastructure,
• risk of failure of our software,
• our ability to maintain the compatibility of our software with third-party applications and mobile platforms,
• continued compliance with industry standards and regulatory requirements in the United States and foreign countries in which we make our software solutions available, and the costs of such compliance,
• risks relating to our strategies and objectives for future operations, including the execution of integration plans and realization of the expected benefits of our acquisitions,
• the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training and integrating new employees,
• timing and extent of improvements in operating results from increased spending in marketing, sales, and research and development,
• introduction and adoption of our cloud software solutions in markets outside of the United States, and
• risk of cybersecurity breaches,
• general economic conditions that could adversely affect our business and operating results,
• implementation and effects of new accounting standards and policies in our reported financial results, and
• potential future intellectual property infringement claims and other litigation that could adversely effect our business and operating results.

The forward-looking statements may also be impacted by the additional risks faced by us as described in this Annual Report, including those set forth under the section entitled "Risk Factors." All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report are based on information available to us on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made in this Annual Report, which attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

1

Our fiscal year ends on March 31 of each calendar year. Each reference to a fiscal year in this Annual Report, refers to the fiscal year ended March 31 of the calendar year indicated (for example, fiscal 20162018 refers to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016)2018). Unless the context requires otherwise, references to "we," "us," "our," "8x8" and the "Company" refer to 8x8, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

A provider of enterprise cloud communications solutions, 8x8 provideshelps businesses get their employees, customers and applications talking, and to make people more connected and productive worldwide. From a unified, proprietary platform, we offer unified communications, team collaboration, conferencing, contact center, analytics and other services to our business customers on a Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) model.

2

Small businesses were the first to transition their communications to the cloud starting several years ago, often based on its cost effectiveness, ease of deployment and inherent flexibility. Now, larger businesses that have adopted cloud-based enterprise-class software solutions that transform the way businesses communicatefor other applications and collaborate globally. Delivered through a SaaS (Software as a Service) business model, our solutions are at the forefront of a disruptive technology shift that is occurring in business communications where enterprisesprocesses are increasingly replacing costlylooking to modernize their communications in a similar fashion. We believe this adoption is being driven by the convergence of several market trends, including the increasing costs of maintaining installed legacy communications systems; the fragmentation resulting from use of multiple on-premises systems, which has worsened as workforces have become more distributed and unwieldyinternational; and the proliferation of personal mobile devices in the workplace.

Our solutions offer businesses a secure, reliable and simplified approach for businesses to transition their legacy, on-premises communications equipment with agile, cloud-based software services delivered oversystems to the public Internet.

Cloud computing has fundamentally changed the way enterprise software applications are developedcloud. Our comprehensive solution, built from core cloud technologies that we own and deployed. Organizations no longer needmanage internally, enables 8x8 customers to buy and maintain their own infrastructure of servers, storage and tools in order to run core business applications. Instead, companies can gain access to a variety of business applications via an Internet browser or mobile device on an as-needed basis, without the cost and complexity of managing the hardware or software in-house.

8x8's comprehensive software platform brings together the power of cloud, mobile, collaboration, video and data science technologies to enhance the way employees communicate with each other, and how they connect and interact with their customers. Our integrated, "pure-cloud" offering combines global voice, conferencing, messaging and video with integrated workflows and big data analyticsrely on a single platformprovider for their global communications, contact center and customer support requirements. Combining these services allows our customers to enable increased teameliminate information silos and expose vital, real-time communications data spanning multiple services, applications and devices which, in turn, can improve productivity, betterbusiness performance and customer engagementexperience.

Our customers are spread across more than 150 countries and real-time insights into business performance. Through a combination of open API's (application program interface) and pre-built integrations, 8x8 solutions seamlessly leverage critical customer contextrange from internal data systems and industry-leading Customer Relationship Management (CRM) systems, including cloud-based solutions from Salesforce.com, NetSuite, and Zendesk.

Powered by internally owned and managed technologies, 8x8's offerings are uniquely positioned to servesmall businesses of all sizes and can easily scale to large globally distributed enterprise customers. Our turnkey solution spans the breadth of communications and collaboration needs, is providedenterprises with industry-leading reliability at an affordable cost and is quick and easy-to deploy throughmore than 10,000 employees. In recent years, we have increased our proprietary deployment methodology. This allows customers to focus on theirthe mid-market and enterprise customer segments, and in fiscal 2018, we generated a majority of our new services revenue from customers in these business instead of managing the complexities of disparate communications and collaboration platforms and the integration of these platforms with other cloud-based business applications.segments.

Available Information

We were incorporated in California in February 1987 and reincorporated in Delaware in December 1996. We maintain a corporate Internet website at the address http://www.8x8.com. The contents of this website are not incorporated in or otherwise to be regarded as part of this Annual Report. We file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which are available on our website free of charge. These reports include annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports, each of which is provided on our website as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such materials with or furnish them to the SEC. You also can read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You can obtain additional information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1.800.SEC.0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including 8x8.

Our IndustryChallenge

Businesses today are facingface increasing cost and complexity with deployments of communications and collaboration solutions. Companies of all sizes are managing a mobile and globallyglobal, distributed workforce that seeks to leverage multiple forms of communication including voice, text, video and desktop, in their day-to-day interactions. The rapid rise of mobile devices in the enterprise has created demand for "bring your own device," or BYOD, provisioning capabilities. Additionally, companiesbring-your-own-device (BYOD) integration as part of a typical business' communications needs. CIOs and IT leaders are also increasingly focused on delivering superior customer experience as a strategic priority, and seeking ways to leverage their communications infrastructure to enable more personalized and productive customer interactions. Companies are looking to increase their competitive edge by also integrating ERP (Enterprisetheir communications with Enterprise Resource Planning)Planning (ERP), CRM (CustomerCustomer Relationship Management)Management (CRM), and HCM (HumanHuman Capital Management)Management (HCM) applications, and other back-office information technology (IT)IT (information technology) systems within their communications infrastructure. Further complicating matters, business users are circumventing their IT departments by using a variety of self-selected third-party tools for team communications and collaboration, driving a shift in the buying center for communications and collaboration from IT to individuals, a phenomenon known in the industry as "shadow IT."

2

TheWe believe traditional on-premises communications systems traditionally offered by legacy hardware vendors have numerous shortcomings that make them poorly suited for today's dynamic business environments.are unable to accommodate all of these needs in a cost-efficient manner. In addition to being difficult to deploy and expensive to maintain in multiple locations for a globally distributed workforce, these solutions may notoften fail to provide the mobility, resiliencybusiness continuity and business continuityintegration capabilities required by modern business customers. BYOD demands from employees further complicate the delivery of a company-wide communication system.system using on-premises equipment. The result is a patchwork of communications systemsystems with security risks that stretch across the organization. Security compliance in this environment is extremely difficult,organization and information distributedlost productivity.

The 8x8 Solution

We offer a scalable cloud communications platform comprising voice, chat, team collaboration, contact center, and analytics for businesses of all sizes across multiple systems increases administrative complexity and decreases business intelligence visibility.

Becausethe globe. The key attributes of these inadequacies and security risks, more and more businesses are demanding enterprise-class cloud solutions like ours, which deliver secure, global, high-quality communications with built-in disaster recovery. Our service offerings are intuitive and easy-to-use, can be deployed rapidly, customized easily and integrated with other platforms and enterprise applications. We deliver our software as a service via all major Internet browsers and on leading mobile devices. Virtually all of our customers do not require any dedicated equipment, employees or carriers to use our services - only Internet connectivity and a subscription to the 8x8 service are required at the customer location.solution include:

Cloud Market Opportunity

• Intelligent Communication and Collaboration within a Single Integrated Software Platform.We believe that the addressable market for our cloudintegrated communications and collaboration services is large, growing and underpenetrated. For example, we believe that the following forecasts, recently published by industry research firms may provide relevant data about the size of the markets addressed by our Virtual Office, Virtual Contact Center and Virtual Office Meetings solutions:

  Frost & Sullivan estimates North American spending on cloud communications and collaboration services will increase at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 29% to $14 billion in 2021. (Frost & Sullivan "Analysis of the North American Hosted IP Telephony and UCC Services Market," July 2015).

  According to Transparency Market Research, the global unified communications as a service market is poised for staggering growth, and will be worth US$37.85 billion by 2022. The market will expand at a CAGR of 23.4% between 2014 and 2022. (Transparency Market Research "Unified Communication as a Service Market - Global Industry Analysis, Size, Share, Growth, Trends and Forecast 2014 - 2022," July 2015).

  MarketsandMarkets forecasts that the global cloud-based contact center market is expected to grow from $4.68 billion in 2015 to $14.71 billion by 2020, at a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 25.7% during the forecast period. (MarketsandMarkets "Cloud Based Contact Center Market - Global Forecast to 2020," November 2015).

  IDC forecasts the content collaboration software market to grow to a total of $6.2 billion by 2019, representing a 13.4% CAGR for the 2014-2019 period. (IDC "Worldwide Content Collaboration Software Forecast," December 2015).

  The 8x8 Approach

  • Seamless Communications over an Integrated Software Platform. We believe that seamless, continuous communications drives more effectiveefficient employee and customer engagement and greater business productivity. ToWe are unique among our competitors in that end, 8x8's solutions have been designedwe own the core technology and manage the platform behind all of our services (voice, call center and collaboration). We believe having control over our entire platform enables us to allow users to communicatedeliver a more unified and collaborate with others in an integrated and fluid manner. For example, a user who initiates a voice call on a desk phone and then needs to leaveseamless experience for our customers across all aspects of the office can seamlessly transfer the call to a mobile device without the person they are communicating with being aware thatservice — from the user is no longer at his/her desk.interface, to the technical support experience. In addition, our 8x8 Sameroom technology helps our customers tear down information silos by providing interoperability among multiple third-party collaboration tools.

  • Single Vendor for All CommunicationSoftwareBig Data, Analytics, and Artificial Intelligence.. Increasingly, We have developed a suite of web-based analytics tools to help customers are seeking multiple solutions from a single vendor, especiallymake informed decisions based on underlying communications data associated with 8x8 services and supported devices. We continue to make strategic investments in our rapidly growing enterprise customer segment,Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML) to further simplify the deploymentdevelop new capabilities and management of their communications infrastructure. Our cloud software solutions encompass all of the primary communications capabilities required by businesses - voice, video, presence, chat, conferencing, collaboration, contact center and analytics - providing multiple buying paths and usage scenariosfeatures for our customers.
  • Focus on Customer Communication. Many businesses are faced withcustomers such as context-rich customer communication challenges due to gaps in internal employee communication, poor internal collaboration,engagements, intelligent call routing and little or no contextual data available at the time of customer contact. To help companies communicate better with their customers, our solutions link customer information with internal collaboration capabilities to provide synchronized customer engagement from the moment of contact with any individual role within the company's sales, support and other customer-facing organizations.faster first-call resolution.

  3

  ---

  • Big DataGlobal Reach®. 8x8's Global Reach® initiative refers to our global strategy to provide enterprise-grade quality of service, reliability, security and Analyticssupport for our multinational customers. Our platform utilizes intelligent geo-routing technology, and leverages 15 data centers across seven dispersed regions - United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Continental Europe, Asia, South America, and Australia - to provide consistently high call quality to customers worldwide.

  • Integration with Third-Party Business Applications. . We believe that transparency into communication provides businessesOur software uses a combination of open application program interfaces (APIs) and pre-built integrations to retrieve contextually relevant data from, and to enhance the information they need to optimize customer communication. For that reason we releasedfunctionality of, customers' third-party applications, including Salesforce, Microsoft Dynamics, Google, NetSuite, Zendesk, Oracle Sales Cloud, Bullhorn, and Hubspot.

  • Intuitive User Experience.  Our web, desktop and mobile interfaces act as the communications portal for all 8x8 services and provide customers with a series of analytic tools in the 2016 calendar year that give businesses visibility into employee communications in the contact centerfamiliar and the enterprise. Mining and analyzing "big data" related to communication optimization is a pioneering area in which we are investing.consistent user experience across all endpoints.

  • Rapid DeploymentDeployment. . Business flexibilityagility in the global, modern economy is a competitive necessity, and we embrace the notion that communication services should be deployable as quickly as possible. Our services can generally be provisioned in minutes on-the-fly, from web-based administrative tools. We have automated our provisioning, billing and other systems to enable rapidprovide greater speed and flexibility in deployment for our customers. To ensure consistency and quality across our products and customer base, we have developed a standard, yet flexible, deployment and maximum flexibility.
  • Global Reach®methodology that we refer to as Elite Touch®. We provide service today via Global Reach®apply this systematic approach to 114 countries. Our nine data centers help us achieve, low voice latency and superior quality and reliability in all these countries. We currently maintain data center operations in five dispersed regions of the world - United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Hong Kong and Australia.our deployments, regardless of size or complexity.

  • Committed Service Quality over the Public InternetInternet..We We currently offer our qualifying enterprise customers an end-to-end"end-to-end" service level agreement (SLA), with commitments regarding service availabilitymeaningful uptime and voice quality for calls transmitted over the public Internet. This SLA provides for at least 99.99% uptimecommitments, backed by service credits and a voice-quality mean opinion score (MOS) of 3.0 or higherno-penalty early termination right for at least 98% of all calls carried over the network, subject to certain exceptions (such as scheduled maintenance) and conditions (such as the customer's implementation of dual diverse connections to the Internet and adherence to our setup guidelines). We are able to provide this level of SLA because of our proprietary audio stack and the geographical and network architecture, which optimizes the path for voice data across the World Wide Web.customer under specified conditions.

  • Emphasis on Security and ComplianceCompliance. .We understand that security of information is paramount for many organizations. To that end we We have invested heavily in achieving compliance with various industry standards, and we believe we have created a top-down culture of security and compliance, with stateincluding a commitment to secure architecture and federal regulations including FISMA (Federal Information Security Management Act), HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act) FIPS 140-2 (Federal Information Processing Standard), CPNI (Customer Proprietary Network Information), PCI-DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard), and U.S., E.U. and EEA Safe Harbor data privacy standards (under the former Safe Harbor framework).development.

  Our Strategy

  We are committed to developing and delivering the most innovative, reliable, scalable and secure cloud software for global business communications. Our strategy is based oninformed by evolving market growth dynamics, including the growing adoption of cloud communications, collaboration and contact center software by larger mid-marketcommercial and enterprise customers, along with the capabilitiesunique attributes of our solutions,technology.

  Key elements of our strategy include:

  • Positioning, Selling and Supporting our X Series Product Line. We expect to launch 8x8's latest product innovation, X Series, in or around June 2018. Exemplifying our vision of a truly unified customer engagement solution, we expect X-Series to be an array of packaged offerings that have increasingly powerful engagement capabilities, including the packages that combine traditionally segregated unified communications and contact center services into a single comprehensive offering. We intend to continue investing in positioning, selling and supporting X-Series.
  • Providing Superior, Enterprise Grade Functionality. We have invested in our software and software delivery infrastructure to provide a high-level of availability, reliability, security and compliance, and will continue to invest in this area. We intend to continue to build a competitive advantage by delivering unique valueexpand our customer deployment and support capabilities, including our program management, professional services, and partner delivery capabilities, to ourmeet the needs of larger, multinational customers.

    The following are key elements of our strategy:

    • Global Expansion.There is an increasing number of small and midsize (SMB) and mid-market sized customers with facilities and personnel in multiple countries. Traditional communication solutions bridging multiple geographies and carrier networks are cumbersome and expensive, and we see a market need for seamless cloud software solutions that can connect employees and customers across multinational organizations with simplicity and ease. We are focused on expanding our ability to effectively and efficiently deliver our software solutions into an increasing number of countries and regions. In addition, we plan to continue expanding the distribution of our services into new countries through a combination of organic growth, regional acquisitions and channel partners.
    • Delivering One Integrated PlatformSystem of Engagement, providing for One System of Intelligence..BusinessWe believe business communications solutions are increasingly requiring a breadth of software capabilities, spanning from simple voice and videoteam collaboration to complex multi-channel contact center capabilities.capabilities, and we expect this trend to continue. We believe our ability to deliver a full spectrum of capabilities within a single cloud platform from a single vendor is a competitive advantage, especially for larger customers. We refer to this comprehensive set of services and capabilities that manages all communications into and out of an enterprise on a single cloud platform as a "system of engagement." By providing a common set of interaction capabilities and information about how an enterprise communicates with customers, partners, and employees, the "system of engagement" becomes the key business system to improve customer, partner, and employee experience with that enterprise. Additionally, we plan to continue expanding the set and features ofthese services within our platform, including extending our contact center capabilities, adding deeper collaboration services, and bringing to market an increasing number of analytics-driven applications — in the process further enhancing the system of engagement to market. Additionally, our services provide increased benefits when used in concert, sowhat we intendrefer to upsell our products and services by educating our customers on the additional functionality and overall business value that can be achieved across our platform.as a "system of intelligence."
    • Enterprise Grade. We have invested inExpanding our softwareGlobal Footprint. As more and software delivery infrastructure to provide a high-level of availability, reliability, securitymore businesses establish international operations, we believe companies will view traditional communication solutions bridging multiple geographies and compliance,carrier networks as cumbersome and expensive. We will continue to invest in this area. Additionally,focus on expanding our ability to effectively and efficiently deliver our services into the countries and regions we currently serve. In addition, we plan to expandcontinue expanding the distribution of our services into new countries through a combination of organic growth, regional acquisitions, and deepen our customer deployment and support capabilities, including more program management, professional services, and partner delivery capabilities, to meet the needs of larger multi-national customers.channel partners.

    4

    ---

    • Intuitive User Experience. Because we deliver our software from one integrated platform, we can offer an intuitive, seamless communication experience that spans voice, messaging, and video. We plan to continue enhancing the usability and user interface of our software, including mobility and tighter integration with commonly used business productivity application, CRM solutions and vertical business applications.
    • Mid-Market and Distributed Enterprise Focus.Acquiring Strategic Assets. We plan to capitalize on the growing adoption of cloud-based communications and collaboration solutions in mid-market and distributed enterprises through increasing focus on our direct and channel sales strategy.
    • Strategic Acquisitions. We intendcontinue to identify, acquire and integrate strategic technologies, assets and businesses that we believe willto expand the breadth and adoption of our cloud software offerings and drive growth, both domestically and internationally.

    Our Products

    We have built a global, hyper-scalable cloud communicationsPowered by company-owned and contact center platform that is powering the communications infrastructure worldwide formanaged technologies, 8x8's solutions serve businesses of all sizes, from an SMBscaling readily to aserve large, multi-national enterprise. Regardless of size, our software enables businesses to operate as one unified entity while delivering the highest quality of service. These capabilities are becoming increasingly important as more and more globally distributed enterprises move their communications infrastructure to the cloud. Unlike many cloud business services, our distributed platform enables users to utilize services from our data centers worldwide automatically, based on their current location without any user intervention. Our software solutions combine global voice, messaging and video with integrated workflows and big data analytics to provide business communications to our customers' workforce, to enable better customer engagement, increased team productivity, and real-time insights into business performance.

    enterprise customers. All of our core software components work together and can be combined into different bundles depending on the business needs of our customers. Our software products provide solutions in

    Over the following areas:course of fiscal 2018, we offered a variety ofclassic products:

    • Global Business Voice (8x8 Virtual Office)

      The Company's flagship software product, branded 8x8 Virtual Office is a self-contained, feature rich, end-to-end solution that delivers high quality voice asand unified communications-as-a-service globally.

    • 8x8 Virtual Contact Center is a service globally withmulti-channel cloud-based contact center solution that enables even the smallest contact center to enjoy customer experience and agent productivity benefits that were previously available only to large contact centers at a robust business feature set. much higher cost.
    • 8x8 Virtual Office Meetingsis a self-contained, end-to-endcloud-based video conferencing and collaboration solution that enables secure, continuous collaboration with borderless high definition (HD) video and audio communications from mobile and desktop devices anywhere in the world.
    • 8x8 Sameroom provides an interoperability platform that enables cross-team messaging and collaboration within a customerlarge organization and between organizations. With the Sameroom technology, our customers can collaborate across more than twenty disparate team messaging solutions.
    • Script8 (Scripting Engine)is a dynamic communications flow and routing engine that offers a scripting environment for intelligently routing communications data for specific workflows. Script8 allows end-users to create simple, personalized and customizable communications experiences, including communications control, external data source integration and intelligent routing.

    While these components have worked well together, the capabilities of these products are being further integrated into a unified suite that we refer to as 8x8 X Series. We began releasing integrated product suites during our fiscal 2018 with offerings such as Virtual Office X8 Editions. During fiscal 2019, we will be accelerating the transition by driving X Series adoption.

    We intend to offer the following product plans and capabilities in the8x8 X Series:

    • X1 through X4are integrated suites that will provide efficient, intelligent, cloud-based, enterprise engagement solutions. The packages will deliver high quality voice and unified communications-as-a-service globally, enabling end users to use a single business phone number to place and receive calls fromat any supported device (including desktop phones, computers with anthe 8x8 desktop software installed software telephone app, and mobile devices) over any available Internet connection. Local numbers are available in over 80 countries and toll-free numbers are available in over 100 countries. We further provide local number porting in more than 40 countries.

      The use of a single business telephone number across any employee device is an important advancement because it allows a business to retain a phone number, and the business contacts associated with it, when an employee leaves the business. Without this advancement, employees using their mobile phones for work can take their personal number with them on termination of employment, meaning that they can easily retain business contact information that typically belongs to their employers.

      With 8x8 Virtual Office, those business contacts staydevices with the company,8x8 mobile app installed) over a broadband internet connection. Additionally, in ascending order, each package will incrementally offer more features expected by demanding communications and can be assigned to a different employee. 8x8 Virtual Office also connects all internal business calls (including calls to a receptionist, voicemail system, conference bridge, etc.) using any Internet connection, which enables high definition (HD) audio at a much lower price point for the business, making this product especially suitable for distributed companies with employees in many different locations.

      8x8 Virtual Office includes a complete set of business featurescollaboration customers today, such as aauto attendants; worldwide extension calling,dialing; corporate directory with click-to-call functionality, voicemail,functionality; presence, messaging and chat; call forwarding, transfers,recording; call monitoring; internet fax; and the ability to interact contextually with inbound communication (email, call or chat). Customers can mix and match packages within their business to most effectively meet the needs of individual users.

    • X Series Meetings is a cloud-based video conferencing ring groups (ringing many different extensions atand collaboration solution that enables secure, continuous collaboration with borderless high definition (HD) video and audio communications from mobile and desktop devices anywhere in the same time), hot-desking (multiple people sharingworld. Meetings is integrated within the same physical device), call recording, call monitoring, musicX Series desktop and mobile experience, allowing users to schedule meetings, initiate instant collaboration on hold,the fly, transition instant messaging conversations into a meeting from a single application, share content, and a receptionist console with a night-attendant feature to answer and route calls when no employees are available.

      Many 8x8 Virtual Office pricing plans include unlimited calls to certain regions of the world, with different prepaid or per-minute plans for connecting international and toll-free calls.record meetings.

    5

    ---

    • Open Team Messaging Platformprovides an integrated open team messaging platform to facilitate modern modes of communication with support for direct messages, public and private team messaging rooms, short messaging service (SMS), presence, emojis, and @mentions. 8x8 Sameroom technology provides interoperability between 8x8 Team Messaging and Presence3rd party messaging platforms for cross-team messaging and collaboration interactions between internal and external departments and organizations.

    Our solutions include 8x8 Virtual Office

    • X5 through X8will deliver employee experience and 8x8 Virtual Office Pro software that enables all of the customer's authorized personnel to see a corporate directory sorted and searchable by name, branch, department and other fields defined for a given set of employees. In addition to presence information, which shows whether an employee is logged in, available, busy, temporarily away or in a do-not-disturb mode, Virtual Office Pro enables employees and workgroups to communicate with each other using chat or text messages sent via the Short Message Service (SMS) protocol, commonly known as "texting" on mobile phones. Chats from other employees will appear on any 8x8 chat-enabled device, including mobile phones, associated with the employee. Chats can also be seamlessly escalated to a voice call or video connection. 8x8's Virtual Office Pro chat messages are secure anddeep customer engagement through integrated into the business communications environment.

      Contact Center (8x8 Virtual Contact Center)

      We provide software to enable a multi-channelcloud communication, contact center undersoftware and collaboration solutions. These packages build off the 8x8 Virtual Contact Center brand. Our multi-channel (voice, chat, voicemail, e-mail) callpreceding X Series bundles, adding intelligent, easy-to-use, rapid to deploy cloud contact center can be used for customer support, sales and any other corporate function that involves a high density of inboundsolutions or outbound interactions with customers.

      8x8 Virtual Contact Center offersmore robust omni-channel cloud contact center solutions. Additionally, each package will incrementally offer different features, such as aself-services configuration, programmable interactive voice responseIVR tool, for greeting customers, automatic queuing and routing, of inbound inquiries, skills-based routing, of inquiries to the appropriate call center agents,browser-based agent console, multimedia management, real-time monitoring and reporting, internal chat, voice recording and logging, historical reporting, customer call back, contact and case management tools, and integration with popular third party CRM tools.speech analytics.

    A unique feature of 8x8 Virtual Contact Center is its integration with the 8x8 Virtual Office and 8x8 Virtual Office Pro software. This enables contact center agents to have phone calls with anyone in the corporate directory, as well as to see the presence of employees across the enterprise, regardless of their locations, and enables the contact centers to become an integrated part of the communications of the entire enterprise.

    Collaboration

    Our Virtual Office Meetings software solution is an ideal tool for teams within the enterprise to meet and collaborate on a shared project from any Virtual Office extension, desktop or mobile device. Initiating a meeting takes only three clicks, and can include internal colleagues or external participants via a software download and/or a dial-in telephone number from any country where the business has deployed 8x8 Virtual Office.

    Inside a Virtual Office Meeting, participants experience high definition audio conferencing (for employees or external participants using a software download), content sharing, chat conversations and meeting recordings. Meetings can be scheduled in advance either from the software itself or from Microsoft Outlook.

    Mobility

    We also provide Virtual Office Mobile software that turns any Apple IOS and Android-based mobile device into a device that will function as an extension on the 8x8 Virtual Office platforms. Virtual Office Mobile also allows any telephone number anywhere in the world (even a non-8x8 phone number) to be associated as an extension on the 8x8 Virtual Office platform. Virtual Office Mobile can be downloaded from the Apple or Google Play stores as an application.

    Once installed, this application enables calls to be placed or received on the mobile device using the business number of the employee, and makes key Virtual Office features accessible such as access to the corporate directory, presence information, voicemail access, chat and SMS texting, access to Virtual Office Meetings (with content sharing and video, if subscribed). Our mobility software application runs in the background of the mobile device and automatically launches the application for business, not personal, communications. Outbound communications from the Virtual Office Mobile software appear to the outside world as if they originated from the employee's 8x8 Virtual Office extension.

    Video

    Our software integrates with third party software providers to add high definition video to any 8x8 Virtual Office Meeting session to provide HD video conferencing capability for up to 8 participants using any Virtual Office, Virtual Office Pro, or Virtual Office Mobile device that includes a camera. The high definition video component is an optional, add-on service to Virtual Office Meetings. Our software also enables point-to-point video calls between any two 8x8 Virtual Office, Virtual Office Pro, or Virtual Office Mobile endpoints if a camera device is present at the respective endpoints.

    6

    ---

    Big Data / Analytics

    We have developed a set of big data tools that collect and analyze historical and real-time communications data transmitted through our Virtual Office and Virtual Contact Center solutions. These products, sold under the Virtual Office Analytics and Virtual Contact Center Analytics brands, enable an enterprise to improve its performance by providing details about internal and external call activity, real-time call queue status, call quality and global routing and device status information.

    Line of Business Solutions

    We provide software to enable a group of employees within a business unit to set up their own communications infrastructure without requiring the involvement of an information technology (IT) or formal purchasing function. We refer to these solutions as "Line of Business" because they can be adopted and used by any employee within an enterprise. EasyContactNow (currently only available in the United Kingdom) is a simple, multi-channel outbound and inbound contact center for voice, SMS, chat and e-mail interactions with external customers cloud solution that enables employees within the business unit to easily communicate across multiple touchpoints and engage customers and prospects based on a request or campaign. Customers pay as they go and are only charged for their actual usage of the product.

    Third Party Integrations

    Our software uses a combination of open application program interfaces (APIs) and pre-built integrations to enhance functionality with data from other third-party back office management systems, including cloud-based solutions from Salesforce.com, NetSuite, and Zendesk. We typically offer our customers access to these integrations from our website and from partner application exchange web sites.

    These integrations enable customers to receive a popup screen from the third party solution whenever a relevant inbound call is received, and also enables customers to click-to-call any customer or prospect in the third party solution.

    Our Technology

    We introduced our first communications software as a serviceSaaS offering in 2002, and have since expanded our solutions, features and software capabilities. Almost all of our software is delivered from internally ownedOur services are powered by internally-owned and operated software technologies built from the ground up to deliver these servicesand are delivered to our customers from the Internet cloud.

    our cloud communications platform. From inception through March 31, 20162018 we have been awarded 118more than 150 United States patents covering a variety of voice and video communications, signaling, processing, analytics, and storage technologies. Many of our current patents in our portfolio relateapply to the communications software used in our various software products.SaaS solutions.

    We supply communications software to users in over 114 countries across six continents. We run our software in nine data centers in seven locations around the world. Providing high quality global communications requires more than just a set of data centers, however. We also developed our proprietary Global Reach®Reach patented technology sowith the goal of ensuring that 8x8 software voice communications, placed or received anywhere on the globe on any compatible device, can have the same consistent quality as a local or internal call within a single area code.

    Many hosted VoIPVoice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) solutions route call data through the same, predetermined data center, regardless of the physical or geographic location of callers. We take a different and, we believe, more optimal approach:By contrast, when an end-user makes a call using our solution, our patented technology seeks out the closest data center to the currentcaller's location, subject to service quality, security and data sovereignty considerations (which might require that the user's signaling data be sourced from a certain geography).considerations. We call this "geo-routing." Our patentedproprietary technologies to ensure that this data latency is always minimized. For all routing decisions,take into account current Internet and carrier network conditions are taken into account and determine the best route virtually instantaneously, ensuring that latency is determined in real time.minimized within the available routing options.

    7

    ---

    Many of ourOur software solutions provide mission critical services to our business customers, andcustomers. Therefore, we have developed technologies and architectures that embed high reliability and uptime into our software.

    Based onWe believe one of the key areas that differentiates 8x8 from our reliability technologies and Global Reach®, we are able to offer somecompetitors is the quality of our enterprise customers an end-to-end SLA that provides commitments as to both the availability of our solutions, or uptime, and voice call quality, including commitments as to:

    • A minimum of 99.99%real-time service uptime. In fiscal 2016, our annual service uptime exceeded 99.99% across our customer base, running at 99.997% for Virtual Office and 99.992% for Virtual Contact Center. These percentages exclude downtime for scheduled maintenance;
    • Voice quality standards based on the industry standard Mean Opinion Score (MOS). The SLA provides for a minimum MOS of 3.0 for 98% of all calls end-to-enddelivery over private networks or the public Internet.

    These commitments are subject Real-time voice is perhaps the most difficult application to certain prerequisites, includingbe delivered over the customer's implementationpublic Internet as there is no time for retransmission and there is little buffering that can be done without impacting the quality of duala real-time conversation. As such, quality of the connection well beyond just the available bandwidth is the most important element of service delivery for VoIP. By having diverse routes and connectivity as well as full and granular Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) control over these connections, to8x8 is constantly inspecting the state of the Internet and adherenceto optimize our service delivery to customers.

    In addition, we have instrumented hundreds of thousands of 8x8 endpoints to provide details of quality of connection information at the end of each call to 8x8's internal network operations environment. This is possible due to our setup guidelines.full control over the core networking stack and the transit connections in our data centers.  

    Our technologies include a number of deployment methodologies that represent best practices for deployingpromote consistency and efficiency in the implementation of our software at a new customer site andservices , while driving maximum customer adoption of our more advanced software features. We also manage and port existing business numbers globally, and we provide local number porting services in more than 40 countries. We also provideOur software provides connectivity to emergency services wiretap and other regulatory services required by lawtelecommunications regulations in different regions of the world. We have developed our own proprietary billing software and providewhich is closely integrated with our customers with electronic monthly billing.products.

    Finally, a key aspect of our technology, especially critical for larger enterprise customers and certain industry verticals, like medical,such as healthcare, is our emphasis on security and compliance, including Cloud Security Alliance, HIPAA, FISMA, PCI-DSS v3.1,which we have addressed through specific measures such as our end-to-end encryption technologies U.S., E.U. and EEA Safe Harbor data privacycertifications with various regulations and industry standards (under the former Safe Harbor framework), and ISO/IEC 27001:2013.as described above.

    6

    ---

    Sales, Marketing and Promotional Activities

    We market our services directly to end users through a variety of means, including search engine marketing and optimization, third partythird-party lead generation sources, industry conferences, trade shows, webinars, traditionaland digital advertising channels and other demand generation activities.channels. We employ a multi-tiered direct sales forceorganization, consisting of inside and field-based sales agents, and we partner with an indirect channel partner network consisting of VARs (value added resellers)value-added resellers (VARs), master agents, independent software vendors (ISVs), system integrators and service providers inproviders. We typically contract directly with the U.S., Canada, UKend customer and Australiause these channel partners to identify, qualify and manage prospects throughout the sales cycle. Ourcycle, although we also have arrangements with a number of partners who resell our services to their own customers, with whom we do not contract directly. For mid-market and enterprise customers, our sales professionals work closely with inside technical support, sales engineers and deployment specialists to develop customized solution proposals based on individual customer requirements. Sales representatives are paid

    In fiscal 2018, we invested in new and unique demand generation programs for our channel partners, including new partner enablement tracks with dedicated resources, online customer return on investment (ROI) tools, co-branded marketing materials and our "PartnerConnect" portal which, among other capabilities, allows partners to launch and manage multi-touch digital co- marketing campaigns.  We also continued to invest in developing partner deployment and support certification programs.

    We believe the 8x8 partner channel strategy has been a base salary or hourly ratecritical component of our strategy for winning large and monthly commission for sellingmid-market enterprise business, and in this most recent fiscal year, we significantly expanded and enhanced our products and services. The commission is based on new sales made by the sales representative. Our sales department employs over 100 individuals.global partner program.

    Competition

    Given the size and stage of the current market opportunity and the breadth of our communications and collaboration service platform, we face competition from several types of organizationsmany companies, including other cloud services providers, communications and collaboration software vendors and incumbent telephone companies resellingand other resellers of legacy communications equipment. For more information regarding the risks associated with such competition, please refer to our "Risk Factors" below.

    Cloud Communications and Contact Center Services Providers

    WhenFor customers have decidedlooking to transition toimplement cloud-based communications, we compete with other cloud communication software providers such as RingCentral, Fuze, inContact,Vonage, Five9 and Interactive Intelligence to win that business.InContact/Nice. We believe that the integration of our comprehensive suite of services integrated over a common platform, including our contact center, capabilities, as well asdifferentiates our expertise in security, reliability, quality of service, analytics and global coverage, gives customers of all sizes a significant incentive to choose us over other cloud-based providers.services from those offered by these competitors.

    CommunicationsLarge Internet and Collaboration SoftwareCloud Services Vendors

    We also face competition from communications and collaboration software vendors such as Cisco, Google, Amazon Web Services and Microsoft, Corporation. While these competitors currently provide solutions that compete with some elements of our software suite, notably our Virtual Office Meeting web conferencing solution, theywhich are beginningwell established in the communications industry while others have only recently begun to roll out additionalmarket cloud communications capabilities including business voice. Although we believe that nonesolutions. Some of these competitors currently have cloud services offerings that span the entire breadth of our platform, they each havedeveloped strong software solutions for theirits respective communications and/or collaboration silos. In addition, manysilo. Many of these competitors are substantially larger, and better capitalized, and more well-known than we are and have advantages

    8

    ---

    with larger existing customer bases and larger marketing budgets.are. However, we believe that a collective deployment of these software solutions that is equivalent to a similar deployment of our services is likely to be more expensive and cumbersome for customers, when compared to integrate into a cohesive communications solution.similar deployments of our services.

    Incumbent Telephony Companies and Legacy Equipment Providers

    Our cloud-based software replaces wirelinewire line business voice services sold by incumbent telephone and cable companies such as AT&T, CenturyLink, Comcast, and Verizon Communications, often in conjunction with on-premises hardware solutions from companies like Avaya, Cisco and Mitel. However, weWe believe that the solutions offered by these competitors are typically more expensive to adopt, require on-premisecumbersome on-premises implementations, and need regular hardware and IT infrastructure upgrades. Furthermore, the offerings typicallyoften do not provide all the functionality needed for ourlarger customers to integrate their communication systems with their IT infrastructure, therefore requiring additional system integration investments and set up.investments.

    7

    ---

    Operations

    Our operations infrastructure consists of data management, monitoring, control, and billing systems that support all of our products and services. We have invested substantial resources to develop and implement our real-time call management information system. Key elements of our operations infrastructure include a prospective customer quotation portal, customer provisioning, customer access, fraud control, network security, call routing, call monitoring, media processing and normalization, call reliability, detailed call record storage and billing and integration with third-party applications. We maintain a call switchingcall-switching platform in software that manages call admission, call control and call rating and routes calls to an appropriate destination or customer premises equipment.

    Network Operations Center

    We maintain aglobal network operations centercenters at our headquarters in San Jose, California and in Cluj-Napoca, Romania, and employ aexperienced staff of approximately 50 individuals with experience in voice and data operations in US, UK, and Romania to provide 24-hour operations support, seven days per week. We use various tools to monitor and manage all elements of our network and our partners' networks in real time. We also monitor the network elements of some of our larger business customers. Additionally, our network operations center providescenters provide technical support to troubleshoot equipment and network problems. We also rely upon the network operations centers and resources of our telecommunications carrier partners such as Level 3 Communications, Inc. and data center providers such as Equinix, Inc. to augment our monitoring and response efforts.

    In the event of a major disruption at a data center, such as a natural disaster, failover between data centers for 8x8 Virtual Office happens instantly. Active calls may disconnect, but new calls can be generated immediately.is designed to occur almost instantly and with minimal disruption. In addition, most of the maintenance services performed by 8x8 are completely seamless and invisibledo not interrupt the service we provide to customers. For example, we can move the core call flow processing from one data center to another without dropping a single call. We offer local redundancy (i.e., failover to a data center within the same region) as a standard feature of 8x8 Virtual Contact Center, local redundancy is offered by default, and geographical redundancy (i.e., failover to a data center in a different region) can be enabled as an option to provision geo-redundant tenants on multiple sites.

    Customer and Technical Support

    We maintain8x8 maintains a call center at our headquartersglobal customer support organization with operations in San Jose, Californiathe United States, United Kingdom, Philippines, Singapore, and have a staff of approximately 90 employees and contractors that provideRomania. Customers can access 8x8 customer service andsupport services directly from the company website, or receive multi-channel technical support via phone, chat, web and email. Emergency support is available on a 24x7 basis.

    We take a lifecycle approach to customers. In addition, we have outsourced some customer support, activitiessupporting customers from onboarding to third parties. Customers who accessdeployment and training, and through the renewal process, to drive greater user adoption of 8x8 services. For our services directlylarger enterprise customers, our Elite Touch implementation methodology utilizes a Deployment Management team and provides active support through the "go-live" date at each customer site. We also have an Elite Customer Success Program, and, for a certain profile of customer, a dedicated Customer Success Manager, as a single point of contact for every aspect of the post-sale relationship.  Finally, we offer a variety of training classes through our website receive customer service and technical support8x8 Academy, either through multilingual telephone communication, web-based and "chat" sessions, and email support.instructor-led classes or self-paced eLearning.

    Interconnection Agreements

    We are a party to telecommunications interconnect and service agreements with VoIP providers and PSTNpublic switched telephone network (PSTN) telecommunications carriers such as Level 3 Communications, Verizon Communicationsin the United States and Inteliquent.other global regions.  Pursuant to these agreements, VoIP calls originating on our network can be terminated on other VoIP networks or the PSTN. Correspondingly,PSTN, and likewise, calls originating on other VoIP networks and the PSTN can be terminated on our network.

    9

    ---

    Research and Development

    The cloud communications market is characterized by rapid technological changes and advancements, typical of most SaaS markets. Accordingly, we make substantial investments in the design and development of new products and services, as well as the development of enhancements and features to our existing products and services, and make these enhancements available to our customers frequently. Research and development expenses in each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $34.8 million, $27.5 million, and $24.0 million, respectively.

    We believe our ability to deliver a full spectrum of capabilities within a single cloud platform from a single vendor is a competitive advantage, especially for larger customers. 8

    ---

    We plan to continueinvest in expanding ourthe set of services within our platform, including extending our contact center capabilities, adding deeper collaboration services, and bringing an increasing number of analytics-driven applications to market. Our future development programs also willcontinue to focus on the integration and functionality of our products and services with other SaaS products, such as Google's GSuite, Salesforce.com, NetSuite, Zendesk and others. Supporting a variety of standardWe also plan to continue investing in our AI and custom integration partners and services is essentialML research, to develop more intelligent features for our success as a cloud services provider.services.

    We currently employ more than 140 individuals in research, development and engineering activities in our facilities in San Jose, California, London, England and Cluj, Romania as well as outsourced software development consultants. Our Romanian subsidiary consists of employees primarily dedicated to our research development efforts. Research and development expenses in each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $24.0 million, $15.1 million and $11.6 million, respectively.

    Regulatory Matters

    In the United States, VoIP and other software communications and collaboration services, like ours, have been subject to less regulation at the state and federal levels than traditional telecommunications services. Providers of traditional telecommunications services are subject to the highest degree of regulation, while providers of VoIP and other information services are largely exempt from most federal and state regulations governing traditional common carriers. The FCC has subjected VoIP service providers to a smaller subset of regulations that apply to traditional telecommunications service providers and has not yet classified VoIP services as either telecommunications or information. The FCC is currently examining the status of VoIP service providers and the services they provide in multiple open proceedings. In addition, many

    Many state regulatory agencies impose taxes and other surcharges on VoIP services, and certain states take the position that offerings by VoIP providers are intrastate telecommunications services and therefore subject to state regulation. These states argue that if the beginning and end points of communications are known, and if some of these communications occur entirely within the boundaries of a state, the state can regulate that offering. We believe that the FCC has pre-empted states from regulatingfederal regulations largely pre-empt state regulations that treat VoIP offerings in the same manner as providers of traditional telecommunications services. However, this issuethere are many areas of regulation where pre-emption has not been resolved definitively as a matter of law, and it remainslaw. It is possible that the FCC could determine that suchVoIP services are not information services, or that there could be a judicial or legislative determination that the states are not pre-empted from regulating VoIP services as traditional telecommunications services. We cannot predict how or when these issues will be resolved or itsthe potential future impact on our business at this time.

    In addition to regulations addressing Internet telephony and broadband services, other regulatory issues relating to the Internet in general,generally could affect our ability to provide our services. Congress has adopted legislation that regulates certain aspects of the Internet including online content, user privacy, taxation, liability for third partythird-party activities and jurisdiction. In addition, a number of initiatives pending in Congress and state legislatures would prohibit or restrict advertising or sale of certain products and services on the Internet, which may have the effect of raising the cost of doing business on the Internet generally.

    Internationally, we are subject to a complex patchwork of regulations that vary from country to country. Some countries have adopted laws that make the provision of VoIP services illegal within the country. Other countries have adopted laws that impose stringent licensing obligations on providers of VoIP services like ours. In many countries, it is not clear how laws that have historically been applied to traditional telecommunications providers will be applied to providers of VoIP services like us. On May 4, 2016, the EU formally adopted the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which became effective on May 25, 2018, and will replace the Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC. The GDPR imposes new obligations on all companies, including us, and substantially increases potential liability for all companies, including us, for failure to comply with data protection rules.

    The effect of any future laws, regulations and orders, or any changes in the enforcement of existing laws or their enforcement, on our operations including, but not limited to, our cloud-based communications and collaboration services, cannot be determined. But as a general matter, increased regulation and the imposition of additional funding obligations increases service costs that may or may not be recoverable from our customers, whichcustomers. An increase in these costs could result in makingmake our services less competitive with traditional telecommunications services, if we increase our prices, or decreasingdecrease our profit margins, if we attempt to absorb such costs.

    Federal, state, local and foreign governmental organizations are considering other legislative and regulatory proposals that would regulate and/or tax applications running over the Internet. We cannot predict whether new taxes will be imposed on our services, and depending on the type of taxes imposed, whether and how our services would be affected thereafter. Increased regulation of the Internet may decrease its growth and hinder technological development, which may negatively impact the cost of doing business via the Internet or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Please refer to Part I, Item 1A.1A "Risk Factors"Factors," for a discussion of regulatory risks, proceedings and issues that could adversely affect our business and operating results in the future.

    109

    ---

    Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

    Our ability to compete depends, in part, on our ability to obtain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology in the United States and internationally. We currently rely primarily on a combination of trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks and licenses to protect our intellectual property. From inception through March 31, 2016,2018 we have been awarded 118more than 150 United States patents, since our inception, of which we expect to expire between 20162018 and 2043.2035. We have additional United States and foreign patent applications pending.

    We cannot predict whether our pending patent applications will result in issued patents.

    To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require our employees to sign agreements providing for the maintenance of confidentiality and also the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while in our employ.employed by us. There can be no assurance that our means of protecting our proprietary rights in the United States or abroad will be adequate or that competition will not independently develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate our technology or design around any of our patents. In addition, the laws of foreign countries in which our products are or may be sold domay not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Our failure to protect our proprietary information could cause our business and operating results to suffer.

    We are also subject to the risks of adverse claims and litigation alleging infringement of the intellectual property rights of others. Such claims and litigation could require us to expend substantial resources and distract key employees from their normal duties, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, cash flows and financial condition. The communications and software industries are subject to frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Moreover, the VoIP service provider community has historically been a target of patent holders. There is a risk that we will be a target of assertions of patent rights and that we may be required to expend significant resources to investigate and defend against such assertions of patent rights. For information about specific claims, please refer to Part I, Item 1A,Risk Factors - "Our infringement of a third party's proprietary technology could disrupt our business" and Part I, Item 3. "LEGAL PROCEEDINGS."

    We rely uponutilize certain technology, including hardware and software, licensedthat we license from third parties. TheseMost of these licenses are on standard commercial terms made generally available by the companies providing the licenses. To date, the cost and terms of these licenses individually has not been material to our business. There can be no assurance that the technology licensed by us will continue to provide competitive features and functionality or that licenses for technology currently utilized by us or other technology which we may seek to license in the future will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, however. The loss of, or inability to maintain, existing licenses could result in shipment delays or reductions until equivalent technology or suitable alternative products could be developed, identified, licensed and integrated, and could harm our business.

    Geographic Areas

    We have two reportable segments. Financial information relating to revenues generated in different geographic areas are set forth in Note 129 to our consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

    Employees

    As of March 31, 2016,2018, our workforce consisted of 810 employees.1,225 full time employees spread across the globe. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or are subject to a collective bargaining arrangement.

    Available Information

    We were incorporated in California in February 1987 and reincorporated in Delaware in December 1996. We maintain a corporate Internet website at the address http://www.8x8.com. The contents of this website are not incorporated in or otherwise to be regarded as part of this Annual Report. We file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which are available on our website free of charge. These reports include annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports, each of which is provided on our website as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such materials with or furnish them to the SEC. You can also read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You can obtain additional information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1.800.SEC.0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including 8x8.

    10

    ---

    Executive Officers of the Registrant

    Our executive officers as of the date of this report are listed below.

    Vikram Verma, Chief Executive Officer. Vikram Verma, age 51,53, has served as Chief Executive Officer since September 2013 and as a director since January 2012. From October 2008 through August 2013, Mr. Verma was President of Strategic Venture Development for Lockheed Martin. From 2006 through 2008, Mr. Verma was President of the IS&GS Savi Group, a division of Lockheed Martin.Prior to 2006, Mr. Verma was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Savi Technology, Inc. Mr. Verma received a B.S.E.E. degree from Florida Institute of Technology, a M.S.E. degree from the University of Michigan in electrical engineering, and the graduate degree of Engineer in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University.

    11

    ---

    Bryan Martin, Chairman and Chief Technology Officer. Bryan Martin, age 48,50, has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since December 2003, has served as Chief Technology Officer since September 2013 and as a director since February 2002. From February 2002 to September 2013, he served as Chief Executive Officer. From March 2007 to November 2008, and again from April 2011 to December 2011, he served as President. From February 2001 to February 2002, he served as our President and Chief Operating Officer. He served as our Senior Vice President, Engineering Operations from July 2000 to February 2001 and as Chief Technical Officer from August 1995 to August 2000. He also served as a director of the Company from January 1998 through July 1999. In addition, Mr. Martin served in various technical roles for the Company from April 1990 to August 1995. He received a B.S. and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University.

    Mary Ellen Genovese, Chief Financial Officer. Mary Ellen Genovese, age 57,59, has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2014. Ms. Genovese had been serving as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since July 2014 and prior to that, as a consultant to the Company since April 2012. Prior to joining the Company, from 2008 to 2011, Ms. Genovese served as a consultant to a Fortune 50 security company. From 2004 through 2006, Ms. Genovese was the Chief Financial Officer of Savi Technology, Inc. Prior to joining Savi Technology, she was Chief Financial Officer of Trimble Navigation Limited from 2000 to 2004. Between 1992 and 2000, Ms. Genovese worked at Trimble in a succession of other financial and accounting positions, including VP of Finance and Corporate Controller. Ms. Genovese holds a B.S. Degree in Accounting from Fairfield University and received her CPA license from the State of Connecticut.

    Darren Hakeman, Senior Vice President of ProductStrategy, Analytics and Strategy.Corporate Development. Darren Hakeman, age 46,48, has served as our Senior Vice President of Strategy, Analytics and Corporate Development since September 2017. Mr. Hakeman previously served as Senior Vice President of Product and Strategy since September 2013, and was a consultant to the Company starting in May 2013. From 2009 to 2013, Mr. Hakeman worked as a strategic advisor to leading Silicon Valley companies and emerging start-ups including Authentication Metrics, Inc. (now Agari),Agari, Blackfire Research, and a major global security company. Prior to 2009, he served as Senior Vice President of Operations for a SaaS Business Unit of Lockheed Martin that emerged following Lockheed's acquisition of Savi Technology, Inc. He received a B.S. and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University.

    Puneet Arora,Henrik Gerdes, Chief Accounting Officer. Henrik Gerdes, age 42, has served as our Chief Accounting Officer, since March 2017. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Gerdes, served as Corporate Controller and Treasurer at Rocket Fuel Inc. from 2014 through March 2017, Director of Finance at TIBCO Software Inc. from 2011 through 2014, and SEC reporting manager at Quinstreet Inc. from 2010 through 2011. Between 2002 and 2010, Mr. Gerdes served in different positions at PricewaterhouseCoopers in Germany and San Jose, USA. Mr. Gerdes holds a Masters of Business Economics from University of Goettingen, Germany.

    Dejan Deklich, Chief Product Officer.Dejan Deklich, age 43, has served as our Chief Product Officer since September 2017. Mr. Deklich had been serving as our Senior Vice President of Global Sales. Puneet Arora,Research and Development since February 2017. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Deklich served as Vice President of Platform and Cloud at Splunk from January 2013 to September 2016. Mr. Deklich also held various senior roles at Nice System post Merced Systems acquisition, as well as Atribbutor, Yahoo and IBM Research. Mr. Deklich holds a Masters of Science degree in Computer Engineering from Santa Clara University and Masters in Physics from University of Bremen, Germany.

    Rani Hublou, Chief Marketing Officer.Rani Hublou, age 41,53, has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since May 2017. Prior to joining the Company, from February 2015 to April 2017, Ms. Hublou served as Chief Product and Marketing Officer at Comprehend Systems. From 2009 to 2014, Ms. Hublou was the Chief Marketing Officer of PSS Systems. From 2001 to 2004, Ms. Hublou served as Senior Vice President of Global Sales since January 2015. From January 2013 to January 2015, Mr. Arora was Vice PresidentMarketing at BEA Systems. Ms. Hublou received both B.S. and Head of North America Sales at LivePerson. From August 2010 to August 2012, Mr. Arora led Cloud CRM Sales - North America - West for Oracle. From September 2007 to November 2009, Mr. Arora was Vice President of Corporate Sales for Salesforce.com. He received a B.S.M.S. degrees in ComputerIndustrial Engineering from Iowa StateStanford University.

    11

    ---

    ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

    If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer significantly.

    Our success depends on the growth and customer acceptance of our services.

    Our future success depends on our ability to significantly increase revenue generated from sales of our cloud software solutions to business customers, including SMBssmall and mid-size businesses (SMBs) and mid-market and larger distributed enterprises. To increase our revenue, we must add new customers and encourage existing customers to continue their subscriptions on(on terms favorable to us,us), increase their usage of our services, andand/or purchase additional services from us. For customer demand and adoption of our cloud softwarecommunications solutions to grow, the quality, cost and feature benefits of these services must be sufficientcompare favorably to cause customers to adopt them.those of competing services. For example, our cloud telephonyunified communications and contact center services must continue to evolve so that high-quality service and features can be consistently providedoffered at competitive prices. As our target markets mature, or as competitors introduce lower cost and/or more differentiated products or services that compete or are perceived to compete with ours, our ability to sell new customers and obtain renewals from existing customers could be impaired. As a result, we may be unable to renew or extend our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers, or new business from existing customers, on terms that would be favorable or comparable to prior periods,terms, which could have an adverse effect on our revenue and growth.

    Historically, our core service offerings have been our cloud software communication services and contact center services, which contributed a substantial majority of our revenues in fiscal years ended March 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. Marketing and selling new and enhanced features and services, and additional communications and collaboration offerings, may require increasingly sophisticated and costly sales efforts. Similarly, theThe rate at which our existing customers purchase any new or enhanced services we may offer depends on a number of factors, including general economic conditions, and their reactions to any price changes related tothe importance of these additional features and services.services to our customers, the quality and performance of our cloud communications solutions, and the price at which we offer them. If our customers react negatively to our new or enhanced service offerings, such as our new X series suite of products, or our efforts to upsell to our customers are otherwise not as successful and negative reaction occurs,as we anticipate, our business may suffer.

    12

    ---

    Our sales strategies must also continue to evolve and adapt as our market matures, for example through the offering of additional customer self-service tools and automation for the SMB segment and the development of new and more sophisticated sales channels that leverage the strengths of our partners. In addition, marketing and selling new and enhanced features and services may require increasingly sophisticated and costly sales and marketing efforts that may require us to incur additional expenses and negatively impact the results of our operations.

    To support the successful marketing and sale of our services to new and existing customers, we must continue to offer high-quality educationtraining, deployment, and customer support. Providing this education and supportthese services effectively requires that our customer support personnel have specificindustry-specific technical knowledge and expertise, makingwhich may make it more difficult and costly for us to locate and hire qualified personnel, andparticularly in the competitive labor market in Silicon Valley where we are headquartered. Our support personnel also require extensive training on our products, which may make it difficult to scale up our support operations due to the extensive training required.rapidly. The importance of high-quality customer support will increase as we expand our business globally and pursue new mid-market and distributed enterprise customers. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve post-deployment issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional functionalityfeatures and services to existing customers will suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers willmay be harmed.

    Furthermore, we operate in an industry that is subject to significant federal and state regulation in the United States and regulation by various governments and governmental bodies in other countries in which we offer our communications and collaboration services. Regulations may impede the growthAs more of our sales efforts are targeted at enterprise customers, our sales cycle may become more time-consuming and expensive, we may encounter pricing pressure and implementation and customization challenges, and we may have to delay revenue recognition for some complex transactions, all of which could harm our business impose significant additional costs, and require substantial changes to software and other technology. Also, new regulations may be adopted that materially reduce demand for our services by businesses.operating results.

    We face significant risks incurrently derive a majority of our strategyrevenues from sales of our cloud software solutions to target mid-market and larger distributed enterprises, and we believe increasing our sales to these customers is key to our future growth. Our sales cycle, which is the time between initial contact with a potential customer and the ultimate sale to that customer, is often lengthy and unpredictable for saleslarger enterprise customers. Many of our prospective enterprise customers do not have prior experience with cloud-based communications and, therefore, typically spend significant time and resources evaluating our solutions before they purchase from us. Similarly, we typically spend more time and effort determining their requirements and educating these customers about the benefits and uses of our solutions. Enterprise customers also tend to demand more customizations, integrations and additional features than SMB customers. As a result, we may be required to divert more sales and engineering resources to a smaller number of large transactions than we have in the past, which means that we will have less personnel available to support other segments or that we will need to hire additional personnel, which would increase our operating expenses.

    12

    ---

    It is often difficult for us to forecast when a potential enterprise sale will close, the size of the customer's initial service order and the period over which the deployment will occur, which impacts our recognition of revenue. Enterprise customers may delay their purchases from one quarter to another as they assess their budget constraints, negotiate early contract terminations with their existing providers or wait for us to develop new features. Any delay in closing, or failure to close, a large enterprise sales opportunity in a particular quarter or year could significantly harm our projected growth rates and cause the amount of new sales we book to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. We also may have to delay revenue recognition on some of these transactions until the customer's technical or implementation requirements have been met.

    In some cases, we may enter into a contract with a large enterprise customer, such as a preferred vendor agreement, that has little or no minimum purchase commitment but establishes the terms on which the customer's affiliates, clients or franchisees (as the case may be) may order services from us in the future. We may expend significant time and resources becoming a preferred vendor without booking significant sales from the opportunity until months or years after we sign the initial agreement. If we are unsuccessful in selling our services to the prospective purchasers under these agreements, we may not recognize revenue in excess of the expenses we incur in pursuing these opportunities, which could adversely impact our profitability and cash flow.

    We also face significant risks in implementing and supporting the services we sell to mid-market and larger distributed enterprises and, if we do not manage these efforts effectively, our recurring service revenue may not grow at the rate we expected, and our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

    We currently derive a minority of our revenues from sales of our cloud software solutions to larger distributed enterprises, but we believe penetrating these customers is key to our future growth. We have a limited history of selling our services to larger businesses and have experienced, and may continue to experience, new challenges in deploying and providing our cloud softwareongoing support for the solutions we sell to large customers. As we have targeted more of our sales efforts to mid-market and larger distributed enterprises, our sales cycle has become more time-consuming and expensive. As we expand farther into this market segment, we may encounter pricing pressure and implementation and customization challenges, and revenue recognition may be delayed for some complex transactions, all of which could harm our business and operating results. In this market segment, the customer's decision to use our service may be an enterprise-wide decision and, if so, these types of sales may require us to provide greater levels of education regarding the use and benefits of our service, as well as education regarding privacy and data protection laws and regulations to prospective customers with international operations. In addition, larger customers may demand more features, integration services and customization. Furthermore, larger

    Larger customers' networks canare often more complex than those of smaller customers and generally require participation from the customer information technology (IT) team, and there is no guarantee that resources with adequate expertise will be complex, and theiravailable when we deploy our services. The lack of local IT expertiseresources may prevent us from ensuring the proper deployment of our services, which can in turn adversely impact the quality of services that we deliver over theirour customers' networks, and canand/or may result in delays in the implementation of our services that can adversely affect the installation of our services, which may lead to the cancellation of orders or services. This may create a public perception that we are unable to deliver high quality of service to the end-users, negatively impactingour customers, which could harm our reputation and creating an adverse perception of our abilitiesmake it more difficult to implementattract new customers and deliver services resulting in cancellation of orders or services.retain existing customers. Moreover, larger customers demandtend to require higher levels of customer service and individual attention (including periodic business reviews and in-person visits, for example), which can impactmay increase our cost structure to implementcosts for implementing and deliverdelivering services. If a customer is not satisfiedunsatisfied with the quality of services we provide or the quality of work performed by us or a third party, orwe may decide to incur costs beyond the scope of our contract with the type of services or solutions delivered, then we might incur additional costscustomer in order to address the situation and protect our reputation, which may in turn reduce or eliminate the profitability of that work might be impaired, andour contract with the customer's dissatisfaction with our services could damage our ability to obtain additional work from that customer. In addition, negative publicity related to our larger customer relationships, regardless of its accuracy, could injureharm our reputation and further damage our business by affecting our abilitymake it more difficult for us to compete for new business with current and prospective customers.

    Larger customers also might require services in different international locations where we may encounter technical, logistical, infrastructure and regulatory limitations on our ability to implement or deliver our services, and be unable to provide the required services. These issues could limit the expansion of our services for some of these customers or result in cancellation of all of our services to those customers that want just one vendor internationally.

    As a result of these factors, these sales opportunities may require us to devote greater sales support and engineering services resources to individual customers, driving up costs and time required to complete sales and diverting our own sales and engineering resources to a smaller number of larger transactions, while potentially delaying revenue recognition on transactions for which we must meet technical or implementation requirements. Such delays in revenue recognition could adversely impact our periodic revenues and cause our operating results to become more volatile, and materially adversely affect our operating results. Furthermore, we may invest significant time and resources with no assurance that a sale will ever be made. We also face challenges building and training an integrated sales force capable of fully addressing the services and features contained in all of the components in our communications and collaborationcomprehensive product suite, as well as a staff of expert engineering and customer support personnel capable of addressing the full range of installation and deployment issues ofthat tend to arise more frequently with larger customers that can arise with a comprehensive suite of services like ours.customers. Also, we have only limited experience in developing and managing sales channels and distribution arrangements for larger businesses. If we fail to effectively execute the sale, deployment and ongoing support of our strategyservices to target mid-market

    13

    ---

    and larger distributed enterprises, our results of operations and our overall ability to grow our customer base could be materially and adversely affected.

    Intense competition in the markets in which we compete could prevent us from increasing or sustaining our revenue growth and increasing or maintaining profitability.

    The business of cloud software solutionscommunications industry is competitive, and we expect it to become increasingly competitive in the future. We may also face competition from large Internet companies, any of which might launch its own cloud-based business communications services or acquire other cloud-based business communications companies in the future.adjacent or overlapping industries.

    In connection with our cloud softwareunified communication services, we face competition from other providers of cloud communication services, such as RingCentral, Fuze, Vonage, Dialpad, Nextiva and Shoretel (acquired by Mitel in 2017). In connection with our cloud contact center services, we face competition from other providers of cloud and premise-based contact center software services, such as RingCentral, Fuze, NICE/inContact, Five9 and Interactive Intelligence.

    In addition, because mostmany of our target customers are already purchasinghave historically purchased communications services from incumbent telephone companies resellingalong with legacy on-premises communication equipment, our success is dependent upon our ability to attractwe compete with these customers away from theircustomers' existing providers. These competitors include, for example, AT&T, CenturyLink, Comcast and Verizon Communications in the United States, as well as local incumbent communications providers in the international markets where we operate, such as Vodafone, Telefonica, Orange,

    13

    ---

    America Movil and Deutsche Telekom, all in conjunction with on-premises hardware solutions from companies like Avaya, Cisco and Mitel. We alsomay face competition from communicationslarge Internet and collaboration vendorscloud service companies such as Cisco, Google Inc., Amazon Inc., Oracle Corporation and Microsoft Corporation.  Cisco and Microsoft, in particular, have recently signalled publicly their intent to begin competing more aggressivelyCorporation, any of which might launch a new cloud-based business communications service, expand its existing offerings or acquire other cloud-based business communications companies in the cloud communications market.future.

    Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources and brand awareness, and a larger base of customers than we have. As a result, these competitors may have greater credibility with our existing and potential customers. They also may be able to adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we can to ours.products. Our competitors may also offer bundled service arrangements that offerpresent a more completedifferentiated or better integrated product to customers. CompetitionIncreased competition could decreaserequire us to lower our prices, reduce our sales revenue, lower our gross profits and/or decrease ourcause us to lose market share. In addition, many of our customers are not subject to long-term contractual commitments and have the ability to purchaseswitch from our services and can terminateto our service and switch to competitors' offerings on relatively short notice.

    Given the significant price competition in the markets for our services, we aremay be at a significant disadvantage compared with many of ourthose competitors especially those withwho have substantially greater resources whothan us or may otherwise be better ablepositioned to withstand an extended period of downward pricing pressure. The adverse impact of a shortfall in our revenues may be magnified by our inability to adjust our expenses to compensate for such shortfall. Announcements, or expectations, as to the introduction of new products and technologies by our competitors or us could cause customers to defer purchases of our existing products, which also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

    BecauseThe market for cloud software solutions is subject to rapid technological change, and we recognize revenue from customer subscriptions over the term of the relevant contract, the effects of customer additions, cancellationsdepend on new product and service introductions in order to maintain and grow our business, including in particular our recently announced X-Series product line.

    We operate in an emerging market that is characterized by rapid changes in subscribedcustomer requirements, frequent introductions of new and enhanced products and services, and continuing and rapid technological advancement. To compete successfully in this emerging market, we must continue to design, develop, manufacture, and sell highly scalable new and enhanced cloud software solutions products and services that provide higher levels of performance and reliability at lower cost. If we are not immediately reflected in full inunable to develop new products and services that address our operating results.

    As a subscription-based business, we recognize revenue over the term of each of our contracts, which generally range from onecustomers' needs, to three years. As a result, much of the revenue we report each quarter results from contracts entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a shortfall in demand fordeliver our cloud software solutions applications in one seamless integrated product offering that addresses our customers' needs, or to enhance and improve our products and services in a timely manner, we may not be able to achieve or maintain adequate market acceptance of our services. Our ability to grow is also subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. Access and use of our products and services is provided via the cloud, which, itself, has been disruptive to the previous premises-based model.

    If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver communications and collaboration solutions services at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete.

    If we are unable to develop new features and services internally due to factors such as competitive labor markets, high employee turnover, lack of management ability or a decline inlack of other research and development resources, we may miss market opportunities. Further, many of our competitors have historically spent a greater amount of funds on their research and development programs, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors' research and development programs. In addition, there is no guarantee that our research and development efforts will succeed, or that our new products and services will enable us to maintain or renewed contracts in any one quarter may not significantly reducegrow our revenue for that quarter butor recover our development costs. Our failure to maintain adequate research and development resources, to compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors and to successfully monetize our research and development efforts could negativelymaterially and adversely affect our revenuebusiness and results of operations.

    We announced in future quarters. Accordingly,March 2018 that we would be launching our new product line, branded "X Series," in or around June 2018. We expect to market X-Series as an array of prepackaged services (designated X2, X4, X5, etc.), which start at the effect of significant downturns in new sales or cancellationsmost basic version of our unified communications solution, and add engagement capabilities at each new level, with the top-tier X Series packages combining unified communications and contact center services into a single offering. Customer demand for our X Series product line will depend on a number of factors, including, for example, factors inherent to the product itself, such as quality of service, reliability, feature availability, and subscriptions from newease of use; and factors relating to our ability to implement, support and market and sell the service effectively. More fundamentally, the success of X Series may depend on whether the market for unified communications, collaborations and contact center services is trending towards convergence of these three solutions into a single system, as we are predicting. We cannot be certain that this market trend will occur according to the timeline we are expecting, or at all. For example, if the various components of our service were to become commoditized and standardized in a way that diminishes the benefits of a single platform for customers, orthere may be less demand for additionala unified suite of services from existing customers will impact our ongoing monthly recurring revenue but will not be reflected fully in our operating results until future periods. Our revenue recognition model also makeslike X Series. Low customer demand could make it more difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue fromwin the business of new customers must be recognized over the applicable termor gain additional business from existing customers, either of the contracts.which in turn could cause our service revenue to grow more slowly than we expect, or to remain flat or even decrease in future periods.

    We have a history of losses and are uncertain of our future profitability.

    We recorded an operating loss of $7.1approximately $104 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 20162018 and ended the period with an accumulated deficit of $109.9approximately $201 million. Although we have achieved operating income in four of our five most recent fiscal years, we incurred substantial operating losses priorWe expect to that and may incur operating losses in the future, which may be substantial.our current fiscal year as we continue to invest in growth. As we expand our geographic reach and range of service offerings, and further invest in research and development, sales and marketing, and regulatory compliance,other areas of our business, we will need to increase revenues in order to generate sustainable operating profit. Given our history of fluctuating revenues and operating losses, we cannot be certain that we will be able to achieve or maintain operating profitability on an annual basis or on a quarterly basis in the future.

    14

    ---

    A higherOur churn rate ofmay increase in future periods due to customer cancellations would negatively affect our business by reducingor other factors, which may adversely impact our revenue or requiringrequire us to spend more money to grow our customer base.

    Our customers generally do not have long-term contracts with us and may discontinue their subscriptions for our services after the expiration of their initial subscription period, which typically range from one to three years. In addition, our customers may renew for lower subscription amounts or for shorter contract lengths. We may not accurately predict cancellation rates for our customers. Our cancellation rates may increase or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customer usage, pricing changes, number of applications used by our customers, customer satisfaction with our service, the acquisition of our customers by other companies and deteriorating general economic conditions. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our service or decrease the amount they spend with us, our revenue will decline and our business will suffer.

    Our average monthly business service revenue churn was 0.8% forless than 1% over the past two fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 compared with 0.7% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.years. Our method of computing this revenue churn rate may be different from methods used by our competitors and other companies in our industry to compute their publicly disclosed churn rates. As a result, only limited reliance can be placed on our churn rate when attempting to compare it to that ofwith other companies. Also, our churn rate can vary based on events that may not be indicative of actual trends in our business. Our churn rate could increase in the future if customers are not satisfied with our service. Other factors, including increased competition from other providers of communications and collaborations services, alternative technologies, and adverse business conditions also influence our churn rate.

    Because of churn, we must acquire new customers on an ongoing basis to maintain our existing level of customers and revenues. As a result, marketing expenditures are an ongoing requirement of our business. If our churn rate increases, we will have to acquire even more new customers in order to maintain our existing revenues. We incur significant costs to acquire new customers, and those costs are an important factor in determining our net profitability. Therefore, if we are unsuccessful in retaining customers or are required to spend significant amounts to acquire new customers beyond those budgeted, our revenue could decrease and our net loss could increase.

    AlthoughOur rate of customer cancellations may increase in future periods due to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, such as the majorityfinancial condition of our billing arrangements with customers are prepaid, we regularly monitoror the percentagestate of customers who ceasecredit markets. In addition, a single, protracted service outage or a series of service disruptions, whether due to pay for our services due to closing or downsizing their business. We believe that between 25% and 50%those of our totalcarrier partners, may result in a sharp increase in customer churn is related to customers' financial condition. We cannot be certain that we will improve churn rates given current economic conditions. cancellations.

    Due to the length of our sales cycle, especially in adding new mid-market and larger distributed enterprises as customers, we may also experience delays in acquiring new customers to replace those that have terminated our services. Such delays would be exacerbated if general economic conditions worsen. An increase in churn, particularly in challenging economic times, could have a negative impact on the results of our operations.

    The impact of the current economic climate and adverse credit markets may disproportionately impact demand for our products and services due to our target customer profile.

    The majority of our existing and target customers are in the SMB and mid-market business sectors. These businesses may be more likely to be significantly affected by economic downturns than larger, more established businesses. They also may be more likely to require working capital financing from local and regional banks whose lending activities have been reduced substantially since 2008, as a result of which many of our existing and target customers may lack the funds necessary to add new equipment and services such as ours. Additionally, these customers often have limited discretionary funds which they may choose to spend on items other than our products and services. If small and medium businesses continue to experience economic hardship, this could negatively affect the overall demand for our products and services, delay and lengthen sales cycles and lead to slower growth or even a decline in our revenue, net income and cash flows.

    The market for cloud software solutions is subject to rapid technological change, and we depend on new product and service introductions in order to maintain and grow our business.

    We operate in an emerging market that is characterized by rapid changes in customer requirements, frequent introductions of new and enhanced products, and continuing and rapid technological advancement. To compete successfully in this emerging market, we must continue to design, develop, manufacture, and sell new and enhanced cloud software solutions products and services that provide higher levels of performance and reliability at lower cost. If we are unable to develop new services that address our customers' needs, to deliver our applications in one seamless integrated product offering that addresses our customers' needs, or to enhance and improve our services in a timely manner, we may not be able to achieve or maintain adequate market acceptance of our services. Our ability to grow is also subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. Access and use of our services is provided via the cloud, which, itself, has been disruptive to the previous premise-based model.

    15

    ---

    If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver communications and collaboration services at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete.

    Maintaining adequate research and development personnel and resources is essential to new product development and continued innovation, and we intend to increase our investment in research and development activities to add new features and services to our offerings. If we are unable to develop new features and services internally due to certain constraints, such as competitive labor markets, high employee turnover, lack of management ability or a lack of other research and development resources, we may miss market opportunities. Further, many of our competitors expend a considerably greater amount of funds on their research and development programs, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors' research and development programs. In addition, there is no guarantee that our research and development efforts will succeed, or that our new products and services will enable us to maintain or grow our revenue or recover our development costs. Our failure to maintain adequate research and development resources, to compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors and to successfully monetize our research and development efforts could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

    We may not be able to scale our business efficiently or quickly enough to meet our customers' growing needs, and if we are not able to grow efficiently,in which case our operating results could be harmed.

    As usage of our cloud software solutions by mid-market and larger distributed enterprises expands and as customers continue to integrate our services across their enterprises, we are required to devote additional resources to improving our application architecture, integrating our products and applications across our technology platform, integrating with third-party systems, and maintaining infrastructure performance. As our customers gain more experience with our services, the number of users and transactions managed by our services, the amount of data transferred, processed and stored by us, the number of locations where our service is being accessed, and the volume of communications managed by our services have in some cases, and may in the future, expand rapidly. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and our services organization, including customer support and services and regulatory compliance, to serve our growing customer base. Any failure of or delay in these efforts could cause impaired system performance and reduced customer satisfaction. These issues could reduce the attractiveness of our cloud software solutions to customers, resulting in decreased sales to new customers, lower renewal rates by existing customers, the issuance of service credits, or requested refunds, which could hurt our revenue growth and our reputation. These system upgrades and the expansion of our support and services have been and will continue to be expensive and complex, requiring management time and attention and increasing our operating expenses. We could also face inefficiencies or operational failures as a result of our efforts to scale our infrastructure. Moreover, thereinfrastructure and information technology systems.There are inherent risks associated with upgrading, improving and expanding our information technology systems. Wesystems and we cannot be sure that the expansion and improvements to our infrastructure and systems will be fully or effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all. These efforts may reduce revenue and our margins and adversely impact our financial results.

    15

    ---

    To provide our services, we rely on third parties for all of our network connectivity and co-location facilities.

    We currently use the infrastructure of third-party network service providers, including the services of Equinix, Inc., and Level 3 Communications, Inc., to provide all of our cloud services over their networks rather than deploying our own networks.

    We also rely on third-party network service providers to originate and terminate substantially all of the PTSNPSTN calls using our cloud-based services. We leverage the infrastructure of third partythird-party network service providers to provide telephone numbers, PSTN call termination and origination services, and local number portability for our customers rather than deploying our own network throughout the United States.States and internationally. This decision has resulted in lower capital and operating costs for our business in the short-term, but has reduced our operating flexibility and ability to make timely service changes. If any of these network service providers cease operations or otherwise terminate the services that we depend on, the delay in switching our technology to another network service provider, if available, and qualifying this new service provider could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. The rates we pay to our network service providers may also increase, which may reduce our profitability and increase the retail price of our service.

    While we believe that relations with our current service providers are good, and we have contracts in place, thereThere can be no assurance that these service providers will be able or willing to supply cost-effective services to us in the future or that we will be successful in signing up alternative or additional providers. Although we believe that we could replace our current providers, if necessary, our ability to provide service to our subscribers could be impacted during any such transition, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The loss of access to, or requirement to change, the telephone numbers we provide to our customers also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

    16

    ---

    Due to our reliance on these service providers, when problems occur in a network, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. The occurrence of hardware and software errors, whether caused by our service or products or those of another vendor, may result in the delay or loss of market acceptance of our products and any necessary revisions may force us to incur significant expenses. The occurrenceUnder the terms of somethe "end-to-end" service level commitments that we make for the benefit of qualifying customers, we are potentially at risk for service problems experienced by these types of problemsservice providers. Customers who do not qualify for these enhanced service level commitments may seriouslynevertheless hold us responsible for these service issues and seek service credits, early termination rights or other remedies. Accordingly, service issues experienced by our service provider partners may harm our reputation as well as our business, financial condition or operating results.

    Internet access providers and Internet backbone providers may be able to block, degrade or charge for access to or bandwidth use of certain of our products and services, which could lead to additional expenses and the loss of users.

    Our products and services depend on the ability of our users to access the Internet, and certain of our products require significant bandwidth to work effectively. In addition, users who access our services and applications through mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets, must have a high-speed connection, such as Wi-Fi, 3G, 4G or LTE, to use our services and applications. Currently, this access is provided by companies that have significant and increasing market power in the broadband and Internet access marketplace, including incumbent telephone companies, cable companies and mobile communications companies. Some of these providers offer products and services that directly compete with our own offerings, which give them a significant competitive advantage. Some of these broadband providers have stated that they may exempt their own customers from data-caps or offer other preferred treatment to their customers. Other providers have stated that they may take measures that could degrade, disrupt or increase the cost of user access to certain of our products by restricting or prohibiting the use of their infrastructure to support or facilitate our offerings, or by charging increased fees to us or our users to provide our offerings, while others, including some of the largest providers of broadband Internet access services, have committed to not engaging in such behavior. These providers have the ability generally to increase their rates, which may effectively increase the cost to our customers of using our cloud software solutions.

    On January 4, 2018, the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, released an order that largely repeals rules that the FCC had in place which prevented broadband internet access providers from degrading or otherwise disrupting a broad range of services provisioned over consumers' and enterprises' broadband internet access lines. The FCC's January 4, 2018, Order is not yet effective and there are efforts in Congress to prevent the Order from becoming effective.  Additionally, a number of state attorneys' general have filed an appeal of the FCC's January 4, 2018, Order and others may also appeal the Order. We cannot predict whether the FCC's January 4, 2018, Order will become effective or whether it will withstand appeal.

    16

    ---

    Many of the largest providers of broadband services, like cable companies and traditional telephone companies, have publicly stated that they will not degrade or disrupt their customers' use of applications and services, like ours.  If such providers were to degrade, impair or block our services, it would negatively impact our ability to provide services to our customers, likely result in lost revenue and profits, and we would incur legal fees in attempting to restore our customers' access to our services. Broadband internet access providers may also attempt to charge us or our customers additional fees to access services like ours that may result in the loss of customers and revenue, decreased profitability, or increased costs to our offerings that may make our services less competitive. We cannot predict the potential impact of the FCC's January 4, 2018, Order on us at this time.  

    Our physical infrastructure is concentrated in a few facilities and any failure in our physical infrastructure or services could lead to significant costs and disruptions and could reduce our revenue, harm our business reputation and have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

    Our leased network and data centers are subject to various points of failure. Problems with cooling equipment, generators, uninterruptible power supply, routers, switches, or other equipment, whether or not within our control, could result in service interruptions for our customers as well as equipment damage. Because our services do not require geographic proximity of our data centers to our customers, our infrastructure is consolidated into a few large data center facilities. Any failure or downtime in one of our data center facilities could affect a significant percentage of our customers. The total destruction or severe impairment of any of our data center facilities could result in significant downtime of our services and the loss of customer data. Because our ability to attract and retain customers depends on our ability to provide customers with highly reliable service, even minor interruptions in our service could harm our reputation. Additionally, in connection with the expansion or consolidation of our existing data center facilities from time to time, there is an increased risk that service interruptions may occur as a result of server relocation or other unforeseen construction-related issues.

    We have experienced interruptions in service in the past. While we have not experienced a material increase in customer attrition following these events, the harm to our reputation is difficult to assess. We have taken and continue to take steps to improve our infrastructure to prevent service interruptions, including upgrading our electrical and mechanical infrastructure. However, service interruptions continue to be a significant risk for us and could materially impact our business.

    Any future service interruptions could:

    • cause our customers to seek service credits, or damages for losses incurred;
    • require us to replace existing equipment or add redundant facilities;
    • affect our reputation as a reliable provider of hostingcommunications services;
    • cause existing customers to cancel or elect to not renew their contracts; or
    • make it more difficult for us to attract new customers.

    Any of these events could materially increase our expenses or reduce our revenue, which would have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

    We may also be required to transfer our servers to new data center facilities in the event that we are unable to renew our leases on acceptable terms, or at all, or the owners of the facilities decide to close their facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy or foreclosure, faced by our third-party data center operators, or any of the service providers with which we or they contract, may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. Additionally, if our data centers are unable to keep up with our increasing needs for capacity, our ability to grow our business could be materially and adversely impacted.

    17

    ---

    Failure of our information technology systems to function properly could result in significant business disruption.

    We rely on IT systems to manage numerous functions of our internal operations.  Our third party ERP software is not operating on the vendor's most updated version of the software.  Furthermore, we have internally developed IT systems that are not integrated with our ERP system.  These IT systems require specialized knowledge for which we have to train new personnel, and if we were to experience an unusual increase in attrition of our IT personnel, we may not be adequately equipped to respond to an IT system failure.  Although we have never experienced significant disruption of our IT systems based on the current infrastructure, any failure of our IT systems could result in a significant business disruption.

    We are in the process of transitioning to a new ERP software provider, and we face risks relating to this transition. For example, we may incur greater costs than we anticipate to train our personnel on the new system; we may experience more errors in our records during the transition; and we may be delayed in meeting our various reporting obligations. To the extent any of these risks or events impact our customer service, we may experience an increase in customer attrition, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

    We may incur significant costs to meet the commitments under our service level agreements, and our failure to meet these commitments could result in a loss of customers and expected revenue.

    We offer some of our customers an "end-to-end" service level agreement (SLA) with commitments as to levels of service availability and voice quality for calls transmitted over the public Internet that are among the most stringent in our industry. These SLAs typically provides a commitment of at least 99.99% uptime and a mean opinion score of at least 3.0 for at least 98% of all calls carried over the network.  All of our SLAs further require rapid response times in order to resolve issues.  We may incur significant network support and maintenance costs in order to meet these commitments.

    We have in the past and may in the future experience network failures, software bugs or other problems that interrupt service or impair call quality.  If these problems are severe enough in duration or frequency, we may not satisfy our service level commitments under our SLAs, as a result of which our customers could be entitled to credits against future amounts due under contract, early termination rights or other remedies against us.  If a sufficient number of customers exercise these remedies, the resulting reduction in revenue could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

    We depend on third-party vendors for IP phones and software endpoints, and any delay or interruption in supply by these vendors would result in delayed or reduced shipments to our customers and may harm our business.

    We rely on third-party vendors for IP phones and software endpoints required to utilize our service. We currently do not have long-term supply contracts with any of these vendors. As a result, most of these third-party vendors are not obligated to provide products or services to us for any specific period, in any specific quantities or at any specific price,

    17

    ---

    except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. The inability of these third-party vendors to deliver IP phones of acceptable quality and in a timely manner, particularly the sole source vendors, could adversely affect our operating results or cause them to fluctuate more than anticipated. Additionally, some of our products may require specialized or high-performance component parts that may not be available in quantities or in time frames that meet our requirements.

    We currently purchase most of our IP phones from Polycom. On April 15, 2016, Polycom announced that it had entered into a definitive merger agreement with Mitel pursuant to which Mitel would acquire control over Polycom. Because Mitel is a competitor of ours, its acquisition of Polycom would pose a number of risks to our business if we continue to purchase IP phones from Polycom, including risks relating to our sharing of confidential information around potential sales opportunities.

    If we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our communications and collaboration software with third-party applications and mobile platforms that our customers use in their businesses, our revenue will decline.

    The functionality and popularity of our cloud software solutions depends, in part, on our ability to integrate our services with third-party applications and platforms, including enterprise resource planning, customer relations management, human capital management and other proprietary application suites. Third-party providers of applications and application programmable interfaces, or APIs, may change the features of their applications and platforms, restrict our access to their applications and platforms or alter the terms governing use of their applications and APIs and access to those applications and platforms in an adverse manner. Such changes could functionally limit or terminate our ability to use these third-party applications and platforms in conjunction with our services, which could negatively impact our offerings and harm our business. If we fail to integrate our software with new third-party back-end enterprise applications and platforms used by our customers, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers need, which would negatively impact our ability to generate revenue and adversely impact our business. 

    Our services also allow our customers to use and manage our cloud software solutions on smartphones, tablets and other mobile devices. As new smart devices and operating systems are released, we may encounter difficulties supporting these devices and services, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support, and maintenance of our mobile applications. In addition, if we experience difficulties in the future integrating our mobile applications into smartphones, tablets or other mobile devices or if problems arise with our relationships with providers of mobile operating systems, such as those of Apple Inc. or Google Inc., our future growth and our results of operations could suffer.

    18

    ---

    If our software fails due to defects or similar problems, and if we fail to correct any defect or other software problems, we could lose customers, become subject to service performance or warranty claims or incur significant costs.

    Our customers use our service to manage important aspects of their businesses, and any errors, defects, disruptions to our service or other performance problems with our service could hurt our reputation and may damage our customers' businesses. Our services and the systems infrastructure underlying our cloud communications platform incorporate software that is highly technical and complex. Our software has contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors, bugs, or vulnerabilities. Some errors in our software code may only be discovered after the code has been released. Any errors, bugs, or vulnerabilities discovered in our code after release could result in damage to our reputation, loss of users, loss of revenue, or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results. We implement bug fixes and upgrades as part of our regularly scheduled system maintenance, which may lead to system downtime. Even if we are able to implement the bug fixes and upgrades in a timely manner, any history of defects, or the loss, damage or inadvertent release of confidential customer data, could cause our reputation to be harmed, and customers may elect not to purchase or renew their agreements with us and subject us to service performance credits, warranty claims or increased insurance costs. The costs associated with any material defects or errors in our software or other performance problems may be substantial and could materially adversely affect our operating results.

    Our inability to use software licensed from third parties, or our use of open source software under license terms that interfere with our proprietary rights, could disrupt our business.

    Our technology platform incorporates software licensed from third parties, including some software, known as open source software, which we use without charge. Although we monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide our platform to our customers, content creators and brand advertisers. In the future, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our platform, which licenses may not be available on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Alternatively, we may need to re-engineer our platform or discontinue use of portions of the functionality provided by our platform. In addition, the terms of open source software licenses may require us to provide software that we develop using such software to others on unfavorable license terms. Our inability to use third party software could result in disruptions to our business, or delays in the development of future offerings or enhancements of existing offerings, which could impair our business.

    Our business depends on continued, unimpeded access to the Internet by us and our users, but Internet access providers and Internet backbone providers may be able to block, degrade or charge for access to or bandwidth use of certain of our products and services, which could lead to additional expenses and the loss of users.

    Our products and services depend on the ability of our users to access the Internet, and certain of our products require significant bandwidth to work effectively. In addition, users who access our services and applications through mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets, must have a high-speed connection, such as Wi-Fi, 3G, 4G or LTE, to use our services and applications. Currently, this access is provided by companies that have significant and increasing market power in the broadband and Internet access marketplace, including incumbent telephone companies, cable companies and mobile communications companies. Some of these providers offer products and services that directly compete with our own offerings, which give them a significant competitive advantage. Some of these broadband providers have stated that they may exempt their own customers from data-caps or offer other preferred treatment their customers. Other providers have stated that they may take measures that could degrade, disrupt or increase the cost of user access to certain of our products by restricting or prohibiting the use of their infrastructure to support or facilitate our offerings, or by charging increased fees to us or our users to provide our offerings, while others, including some of the largest providers of broadband Internet access services, have committed to not engaging in such behavior. These providers have the ability generally to increase their rates, which may effectively increase the cost to our customers of using our cloud software solutions.

    On March 12, 2015, the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, released an order that would prevent broadband Internet access providers from degrading or otherwise disrupting a broad range of services provisioned over consumers' and enterprises' broadband Internet access lines. A number of providers and trade organizations have appealed the FCC's order. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of this rulemaking or predict whether the FCC's rules will be upheld on appeal.  Although we believe interference with access to our products and services is unlikely, broadband Internet access provider interference has occurred in limited circumstances in the United States and could result in a loss of existing users and increased costs, and could impair our ability to attract new users, thereby negatively impacting our revenue and growth.

    19

    ---

    Vulnerabilities to security breaches, cyber intrusions and other malicious acts could adversely impact our business.

    Our operations depend on our ability to protect our network from interruption by damage from unauthorized entry, computer viruses or other events beyond our control. In the past, we may have been subject to denial or disruption of service, or DDOS, attacks by individuals intent on bringing down our services, and we may be subject to DDOS attacks in the future. We cannot assure you that our backup systems, regular data backups, security protocols, DDOS mitigation and other procedures that are currently in place, or that may be in place in the future, will be adequate to prevent significant damage, system failure or data loss.

    Critical to our provision of service is the storage, processing, and transmission of our customers' data, which may include confidential and sensitive data. Weinformation. Customers may use our services to store, process and transmit a wide variety of confidential and sensitive information includingsuch as credit card, bank account and other financial information, proprietary information, trade secretsecrets or other data that may be protected by intellectual property laws, customers' and employees' personally

    18

    ---

    identifiable information, as well as other sensitive information. We along with others in the industry, willmay be subject totargets of cyber threats and security breaches, either by third parties or employees, given the nature of the information we store, process and transmit. Our continued abilitytransmit and the fact that we provide communications services to securely store, process and transmit data is essentiala broad range of businesses.

    In addition, we use third-party vendors which in some cases have access to our business.data and our customers' data. Despite the implementation of security measures by us or our vendors, our computing devices, infrastructure or networks, or our vendors computing devices, infrastructure or networks may be vulnerable to hackers, computer viruses, worms, other malicious software programs or similar disruptive problems due to a security vulnerability in our or our vendors' infrastructure or network, or our vendors, customers, employees, business partners, consultants or other internet users who attempt to invade our or our vendors' public and private computers, tablets, mobile devices, software, data networks, or voice networks. If there is a security vulnerability in our or our vendors' infrastructure or networks that is successfully targeted, we could face increased costs, liability claims, reduced revenue, or harm to our reputation or competitive position.

    We have implemented a number of measures to protect our services from cyber-attacks, and the various risks associated with cyber threats. For example, we have redundant servers that are intended to provide continuity of service in the event we suffer equipment or software failures in one location or on one set of servers. We actively monitor our network for cyber threats and implement protective measures periodically. We conduct vulnerability assessments and penetration testing and engage in remedial action based on such assessments. Depending on the evolving nature of cyber threats, and the measures we may have to implement to continue to maintainincrease our investment in maintaining the security of our networks and data, and our profitability may be adversely impacted, or we may have to increase the price of our services which may make our offerings less competitive with other communications providers.

    There is no guarantee that we will not be adversely impacted by cyber-attacks. If our employees or third parties obtainan individual obtains unauthorized access to our network, or if our network is penetrated, our service could be disrupted and sensitive information could be lost, stolen or disclosed which could have a variety of negative impacts, including legal liability, investigations by law enforcement and regulatory agencies, and exposure to fines or penalties, any of which could harm our business reputation and have a material negative impact on our business. In addition, to the extent we market our services as compliant with particular laws governing data privacy and security, such as Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act and foreign data protection laws, or provide representations or warranties as to such compliance in our customer contracts, a security breach that exposes protected information may make us susceptible to a number of contractual claims of false advertising and unfair trade practices for misrepresentingas well as claims related to our level of compliance, in addition to any liability we may have for the breach itself.marketing.

    Many governments have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. In addition, some of our customers contractually require notification of any data security compromise. Security compromises experienced by our competitors, by our customers or by us may lead to public disclosures, which may lead to widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could harm our reputation, erode customer confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively impact our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

    Our customers are increasingly asking usIn contracts with larger enterprises, we often agree to assume liability for security breaches in excess of the amount of committed revenue we receive from them.the contract. In addition, there can be no assurance that any limitations of liability provisions in our contracts for a security breach would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liabilitycybersecurity insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

    20

    ---

    Failure to comply with laws and contractual obligations related to data privacy and protection could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

    We are subject to the data privacy and protection laws and regulations adopted by federal, state and foreign governmental agencies.agencies, including GDPR. Data privacy and protection is highly regulated and may become the subject of additional regulation in the future. For example, lawmakers and regulators worldwide are considering proposals that would require companies, like us, that encrypt users' data to ensure access to such data by law enforcement authorities. Privacy laws restrict our storage, use, processing, disclosure, transfer and protection of personal information, including credit card data, provided to us by our customers as well as data we collect from our customers and employees. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, policies and legal obligations relating to privacy and data protection. However, it is possible that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdictionif we fail to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. Should this occur,comply, we may be subject to fines, penalties and lawsuits, and our reputation may suffer. We may also be required to make modifications to our data practices that could have an adverse impact on our business.

    19

    ---

    Governmental entities, class action lawyers and privacy advocates are increasingly examining companies' data collection, processing, use, storing, sharing, transferring and transmitting or personal data and data linkable to individuals. Self-regulatory codes of conduct, enforcement actions by regulatory agencies, and lawsuits by private parties could impose additional compliance costs on us, negativenegatively impacting our profitability, as well as subject us to unknown potential liabilities. These evolving laws, rules and practices may also curtail our current business activities which may also result in slimmer profit margins and reduce new opportunities.

    We are also subject to the privacy and data protection-related obligations in our contracts with our customers and other third parties. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with federal, state, or international laws, including laws and regulations regulating privacy, data or consumer protection, or to comply with our contractual obligations related to privacy, could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, contractual parties or others, which could result in significant liability to us as well as harm to our reputation. Additionally, third parties on which we rely enter into contracts to protect and safeguard our customers' data. Should such parties violate these agreements or suffer a breach, we could be subject to proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, contractual parties or others, which could result in significant liability to us as well as harm to our reputation.

    There is considerable uncertaintyOn July 12, 2016, the European Commission adopted the "Privacy Shield" which replaced the European Union-U.S. Safe Harbor Framework. Beginning on August 1, 2016, companies were able to self-certify for inclusion in the Privacy Shield program which allows for the transfer of personal data between the EU and the U.S. We are currently participating in Privacy Shield and we also rely on other methods recognized under relevant EU law to transfer personal data between the EU and the U.S. Additionally, on May 4, 2016, the EU formally adopted the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which became effective on May 25, 2018, and will replace the Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC. The GDPR imposes new obligations on all companies, including us, and substantially increases potential liability for all companies, including us, for failure to comply with respectdata protection rules.

    The regulatory landscape applicable to the state of law governing data transfers between the European Union ("EU"),EU and other countries with similar data protection laws, and the U.S. A preliminary agreement has been entered intoremains unsettled.  There is ongoing litigation in the EU, as well as calls by representatives fromcertain political and governmental bodies in the U.S. and EU but it remains unclear what the final resolution will be for cross-border data transfers of personal information. For certainto re-evaluate data transfers between the EU and the U.S., our company, like many others, takes advantage of what is referred to asthat could negatively impact the "EU-U.S. Safe Harbor," in order to comply with privacy obligations imposed by EU-member countries. In late 2015, the European Court of Justice invalidated the EU-U.S. Safe Harbor. Some individualexisting legally acceptable methods for transferring data protection regulators located in EU countries threatened to begin enforcement actions. Additionally, other countries that relied on the EU-U.S. Safe Harbor that are not part ofbetween the EU have also found that data transfers toand the U.S. are no longer valid based on the European Court of Justice ruling. We have been working to establishwhich we rely as do many other companies. Moreover, while we established alternative methods that would allow us to continue to transfer data tobetween the EU and U.S. from all countries that have invalidated pre-existing safe harbors. Someaddressed certain legal uncertainties that previously existed, some independent data regulators have adopted the position that other forms of compliance, are also invalid thoughincluding the legal grounds for these findings remains unclear at this time. Likemethods we rely upon now as do many other companies, are also invalid.

    Although GDPR has already gone into effect, there is still considerable uncertainty as to how to interpret and implement many of its provisions. It is particularly challenging for companies operating in the cloud services space, like us, to interpret and implement the GDPR.  If we continuefail to face uncertainty both with respectproperly implement the GDPR for any reason, we may be subject to the measuresfines and penalties. The GDPR may also change our business operations in ways that we have implemented following the ruling of the European Court of Justice and the ultimate resolution of the laws governing cross-border data transfers.cannot currently predict that could increase our operating costs, decrease our profitability, or result in increased prices for our retail offerings that may make our services less competitive. We cannot predict how or if this issue will be resolved nor can we evaluate our potential liability at this time.

    We could be liable for breaches of security on our website, fraudulent activities of our users, or the failure of third partythird-party vendors to deliver credit card transaction processing services.

    A fundamental requirement for operating an Internet-based, worldwide cloud software solutions and electronically billing our customers is the secure transmission of confidential information and media over public networks. Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect consumer information and prevent fraudulent credit card transactions and other security breaches, failure to mitigate such fraud or breaches may subject us to costly breach notification and other mitigation obligations, class action lawsuits, investigations, fines, forfeitures or penalties from governmental agencies that could adversely affect our operating results. The law relating to the liability of providers of online payment services is currently unsettled and states may enact their own rules with which we may not comply. We rely on third partythird-party providers to process and guarantee payments made by our subscribers up to certain limits, and we may be unable to prevent our customers from fraudulently receiving goods and services. Our liability risk will increase if a larger fraction of transactions effected using our cloud-based services involve fraudulent or disputed credit card transactions.

    2120

    ---

    Any costs we incur as a result of fraudulent or disputed transactions could harm our business. In addition, the functionality of our current billing system relies on certain third party vendors delivering services. If these vendors are unable or unwilling to provide services, we will not be able to charge for our services in a timely or scalable fashion, which could significantly decrease our revenue and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

    We must maintain Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, compliance to bill our customers via credit card. If we fail to meet minimum-security standards for PCI DSS compliance, credit card providers such as American Express Company or Visa Inc. could refuse to process credit card transactions on our behalf and our ability to collect payments from our customers would be adversely impacted.

    We may also experience losses due to subscriber fraud and theft of service. Subscribers have, in the past, obtained access to our service without paying for monthly service and international toll calls by unlawfully using our authorization codes or by submitting fraudulent credit card information. To date, such losses from unauthorized credit card transactions and theft of service have not been significant. We have implementedIf our existing anti-fraud procedures in order to control losses relating to these practices, but these procedures mayare not be adequate to effectively limit all of our exposure in the future from fraud. If our procedures are notor effective, consumer fraud and theft of service could significantly decrease our revenue and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, software and security flaws in our software can result in unauthorized access to our core network resulting in damages such as fraudulent toll usage on our network.

    Additionally, third parties have attempted in the past, and may attempt in the future, to fraudulently induce domestic and international employees, consultants or customers into disclosing sensitive information, such as user names, passwords or customer proprietary network information, or CPNI, or other information in order to gain access to our customers' data or to our data. CPNI includes information such as the phone numbers called by a consumer, the frequency, duration, and timing of such calls, and any services/features purchased by the consumer, such as call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID, in addition to other information that may appear on a consumer's bill.

    Natural disasters, war, terrorist attacks or malicious conduct could adversely impact our operations and could degrade or impede our ability to offer services.

    Our "cloud-based"cloud communications services rely on uninterrupted connection to the Internet through data centers and networks. Any interruption or disruption to our network, or the third parties on which we rely, could adversely impact our ability to provide service. Our network could be disrupted by circumstances outside of our control including natural disasters, acts of war, terrorist attacks or other malicious acts including, but not limited to, cyber-attacks. Our headquarters, global networks operations center and one of our third-party data center facilities are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. Should any of these events occur and interfere with our ability to operate our network even for a limited period of time, we could incur significant expenses, lose substantial amounts of revenue, suffer damage to our reputation, and lose customers. Such an event may also impede our customers' connections to our network, since these connections also occur over the Internet, and would be perceived by our customers as an interruption of our services, even though such interruption would be beyond our control. Any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our business.

    We license technology from third parties that we do not control and cannot be assured of retaining.

    We rely upon certain technology, including hardware and software, licensed from third parties. There can be no assurance that the technology licensed by us will continue to provide competitive features and functionality or that licenses for technology currently utilized by us or other technology which we may seek to license in the future, will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The loss of, or inability to maintain, existing licenses could result in delays or reductions in the installation and deployment of our cloud software solutions until equivalent technology or suitable alternative products could be developed, identified, licensed and integrated, and could harm our business. Software defects in the core IP and networking hardware we license from vendors, over which we have little or no control, can adversely affect our ability to deliver services to our customers and could harm our business.

    Our infringement of a third party's proprietary technology could disrupt our business.

    There has been substantial litigation in the communications, cloud communication services, semiconductor, electronics, and related industries regarding intellectual property rights and, from time to time, third parties may claim that we, our customers, our licensees or parties'parties indemnified by us are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights. Third parties may also claim that our employees have misappropriated or divulged their former employers' trade secrets or confidential information. Our broad range of current and former technology, including IP telephony systems, digital and

    22

    ---

    analog circuits, software, and semiconductors, increases the likelihood that third parties may claim infringement by us of their intellectual property rights. For example, on May 2, 2008,

    During our 2017 fiscal year, we receivedwere named as defendants in two lawsuits, each brought by a letter from AT&T Intellectual Property, L.L.C., or AT&T IP, expressingnon-practicing entity and alleging infringement of a single patent. During our 2016 fiscal year, we were similarly named as defendants in two lawsuits in which we were alleged to have infringed patents. We were able to settle all four lawsuits relatively quickly, although we have in the beliefpast been involved in patent infringement lawsuits that we must license a specified patent for use in our 8x8 broadband telephone service, as well as suggesting that we obtain a license to its portfolio of MPEG-4 patents for use with our video telephone products and services. At the same time, we began an evaluation of whether AT&T IP's affiliated entities may need to license any of our patents or other intellectual property. We have continued to engage in discussions with AT&T IP to explore a mutually agreeable resolution of the parties' respective assertions regarding these intellectual property issues. We are unable at this time to state whether we will enter into any license or cross-license agreements with AT&T IP or whether we ultimately anticipate any material effects on our operating results or financial condition as a consequence of these matters.

    spanned several years. Certain technology necessary for us to provide our services may, in fact, be patented by other parties either now or in the future. If such technology were held under patent by another person, we would have to negotiate a license for the use of that technology, which we may not be able to negotiate at a price that is acceptable or at all. The existence of such a patent, or our inability to negotiate a license for any such technology on acceptable terms, could force us to cease using such technology and offering products and services incorporating such technology.

    We have recently been named as defendants in two patent infringement lawsuits. On February 22, 2011, we were named a defendant in a lawsuit, Bear Creek Technologies, Inc. v. 8x8, Inc. et al., along with 20 other defendants. On November 25, 2015, we were named a defendant in the suit alleging infringement of a patent which expired in 2012. This suit is 2-Way Computing, Inc. (2-Way) v. 8x8, Inc. Each of these actions is described in more detail under Part I, Item 3, "Legal Proceedings". If we are found to be infringing on the intellectual property rights of any third partythird-party in these lawsuits or other claims and proceedings that may be asserted against us, in the future, we could be subject to monetary liabilities for such infringement, which could be material. We could also be required to refrain from using, manufacturing or selling certain products or using certain processes, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. From time to time, we have received, and may continue to receive in the future, notices of claims of infringement, misappropriation or misuse of other parties' proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that we will prevail in these discussions and actions or that other actions alleging infringement by us of third partythird-party patents will not be asserted or prosecuted against us. Furthermore, lawsuits like these may require significant time and expense to defend, may divert management's attention away from other aspects of our operations and, upon resolution, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

    Inability to protect our proprietary technology would disrupt our business.

    We rely, in part, on trademark, copyright, and trade secret law to protect our intellectual property in the United States and abroad. We seek to protect our software, documentation, and other written materials under trade secret and copyright law, which afford only limited protection. We currently have additionalseveral United States and foreign patent applications pending. We cannot predict whether such pending patent applications will result in issued patents, and if they do, whether such patents will effectively protect our intellectual property. The intellectual property rights we obtain may not be sufficient to provide us with a competitive advantage, and could be challenged, invalidated, infringed or misappropriated. We may not be able to protect our proprietary rights in the United States or internationally (where effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited), and competitors may independently develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate our technology or design around any patent of ours.

    21

    ---

    We attempt to further protect our proprietary technology and content by requiring our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements and third parties to enter into nondisclosure agreements. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology.

    Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to determine the validity and scope of our proprietary rights or the rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management time and resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. Any settlement or adverse determination in such litigation would also subject us to significant liability.

    23

    ---

    We also may be required to protect our proprietary technology and content in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful, or which we may not pursue in every location. In addition, effective intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country, and the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States. Additional uncertainty may result from changes to intellectual property legislation enacted in the United States and elsewhere, and from interpretations of intellectual property laws by applicable courts and agencies. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to obtain and maintain the intellectual property rights necessary to provide us with a competitive advantage.

    We may have difficulty attracting or retaining personnel with the technical skills and experience necessary to support our growth.

    Companies in the cloud communications industry compete aggressively for top talent in all areas of business, but particularly sales and marketing, professional services and engineering, where employees with industry experience, technical knowledge and specialized skill sets are particularly valued. Demand can be expected to increase if cloud communications continues to gain a greater share of the global communications market. Some of our competitors may respond to these competitive pressures by increasing employee compensation, paying more on average than we pay for the same position. Any such disparity in compensation could make us less attractive to candidates as a potential employer, which in turn may make it more difficult for us to hire and retain qualified employees. Training an individual who lacks prior cloud communications experience to be successful in a sales or technical role can take months or even years.

    When an employee of 8x8 leaves to work for a competitor, not only are we impacted by the loss of the individual resource, but we also face the risk that the individual will share our trade secrets with the competitor in violation of their contractual and legal obligations to us. Our competitors have in the past and may in the future target their hiring efforts on a particular department, and if we lose a group of employees to a competitor over a short time period, our day-to-day operations may be impaired. While we may have remedies available to us through litigation, they would likely take significant time and expense and divert management attention from other areas of the business.

    If we increase employee compensation (beyond levels that reflect customary performance-based and/or cost-of-living adjustments) in response to competitive pressures, we may sustain greater operating losses than we predicted in the near term, and we may not achieve profitability within the timeframe we had expected, or at all.

    Because our long-term growth strategy involves further expansion outside the United States, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

    An important component of our growth strategy involves the further expansion of our operations and customer base internationally. We have formed several subsidiaries outside the United States, including a Romanian subsidiary that contributes significantly to our research and development efforts. We have also acquired two UK-based companies - DXI in May 2015 and Voicenet in November 2013.companies. The risks and challenges associated with sales and other operations outside North Americathe United States are different in some ways from those associated with our operations in North America,the United States, and we have a limited history addressing those risks and meeting those challenges. Our current international operations and future initiatives will involve a variety of risks, including:

    • localization of our services, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;
    • unexpected regulation of our services as traditional telecommunications services, requiring us to obtain authorizations or licenses to operate in foreign jurisdictions, or alternatively preventing us from selling our full suite of services, or any services at all, in such jurisdictions;
    • changes in a specific country or region's regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, or political or economic conditions;
    • more stringent regulations relating to data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, and transfer of, commercial and personal information, particularly in the European Union;EU;
    • differing labor regulations, especially in the European Union,EU and Latin America, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States, including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations;
    • challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;
    • difficulties in managing a business in new markets with diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems and regulatory systems;
    • increased travel, real estate, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with international operations;
    • different pricing environments, longer sales cycles, longer accounts receivable payment cycles and other collection difficulties;
    • currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we chose to do so in the future;
    • limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;
    • laws and business practices favoring local competitors or general preferences for local vendors;
    • limited or insufficient intellectual property protection;
    • political instability or terrorist activities;

    22

    ---

    • exposure to liabilities under anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and similar laws and regulations in other jurisdictions; and
    • adverse tax burdens and foreign exchange controls that could make it difficult to repatriate earnings and cash.

    24

    ---

    We have limited experience in operating our business internationally, which increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. We expect to invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations. If we are unable to do this successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

    Acquisitions may divert our management's attention, result in dilution to our stockholders and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business.

    We completed two acquisitions in fiscal 2016, DXI Limited, API Telecom Limited, Easycallnow Limited and RAS Telecom Limited (collectively, "DXI") and Quality Software Corporation ("QSC") on May 29, 2015 and June 3, 2015, respectively. On November 29, 2013,In the last four years we have acquired Voicenet Solutions Limited ("Voicenet"), a UK-based provider of cloud communication services in the United Kingdom. In fiscal 2012, we completed two acquisitions ofseveral businesses. In fiscal 2011, we completed one acquisition and one investment in another company.   If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we may make additional acquisitions or investments or enter into joint ventures or strategic alliances with other companies. Risks commonly encountered in such transactions include:

    • the difficulty of assimilating the operations and personnel of the combined companies;companies:
    • the risk that we may not be able to integrate the acquired services or technologies with our current services, products, and technologies;
    • the potential disruption of our ongoing business;
    • the diversion of management attention from our existing business;
    • the inability of management to maximize our financial and strategic position through the successful integration of the acquired businesses;
    • difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures, and policies;
    • the impairment of relationships with employees, suppliers, and customers as a result of any integration;
    • the loss of an acquired base of customers and accompanying revenue;
    • the loss of an acquired base of customers and accompanying revenue while trying to transition the customer from the legacy systems to 8x8's technology due to mismatch of the features, usability, packaging, or pricing at the renewal times;
    • the loss of an acquired base of customers and accompanying revenue due to failure and/or lack of maintenance/support for the legacy services and/or equipment/software/services being end of life;
    • additional regulatory compliance obligations and costs associated with the acquired operations;
    • litigation arising from or relating to the transaction;
    • the assumption of leased facilities, other long-term commitments or liabilities that could have a material adverse impact on our profitability and cash flow; and
    • the dilution to our existing stockholders from the issuance of additional shares of common stock or reduction of earnings per outstanding share in connection with an acquisition that fails to increase the value of our company.

    As a result of these potential problems and risks, among others, businesses that we may acquire or invest in may not produce the revenue, earnings, or business synergies that we anticipate. For example, during our 2018 fiscal year, we discontinued marketing ContactNow, which we had acquired through our purchase of DXI Limited in 2015, as a stand-alone product. In addition, there can be no assurance that any potential transaction will be successfully completed or that, if completed, the acquired business or investment will generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated costs or other potential harmful effects on our business.

    25The United Kingdom's withdrawal from the EU may adversely impact our operations in the United Kingdom and elsewhere.

    On June 23, 2016, voters in the United Kingdom approved an advisory referendum to withdraw from the EU.  The political uncertainty that it has raised extends to regulatory uncertainty associated with the proposed exit from the EU. Since the vote to withdraw from the EU, negotiations and arrangements between the United Kingdom, the EU and other countries outside of the EU have been, and will continue to be, complex and time consuming. The potential withdrawal could adversely impact our UK subsidiary, Voicenet Solutions Ltd., and add operational complexities that did not previously exist. Currently, the most immediate impact may be to the relevant regulatory regimes under which Voicenet operates, including the offering of communications services, as well as data privacy. The timing of the proposed exit was recently agreed upon and is now scheduled for May 2019, with a transition period running through December 2020. However, the impact on regulatory regimes remains uncertain. At this time, we cannot predict the impact that an actual exit from the EU will have on Voicenet nor the potential collateral impact it may have on our operations elsewhere including the U.S.

    23

    ---

    Our future operating results may vary substantially from period to period and may be difficult to predict.

    Our historical operating results have fluctuated significantly and will likely continue to fluctuate in the future, and a decline in our operating results could cause our stock price to fall. On an annual and a quarterly basis, there are a number of factors that may affect our operating results, manysome of which are outside our control. These include, but are not limited to:

    • changes in market demand;
    • the timing of customer subscriptions for our cloud software solutions;
    • customer cancellations;
    • changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers;
    • lengthy sales cycles and/or regulatory approval cycles;
    • new product introductions by us or our competitors;
    • extent of market acceptance of new or existing services and features;
    • the mix of our customer base and sales channels;
    • the mix of services sold;
    • the number of additional customers, on a net basis;
    • the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training and integrating new employees;
    • unforeseen costs and expenses related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
    • continued compliance with industry standards and regulatory requirements;
    • material security breaches or service interruptions due to cyberattacks or infrastructure failures or unavailability;
    • introduction and adoption of our cloud software solutions in markets outside of the United States;
    • changes in the recognition pattern of revenues and operating expenses as a result of new regulations, accounting principles and their interpretations, such as Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606); and
    • general economic conditions.

    Due to these and other factors, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not meaningful and should not be relied upon as indicators of our future performance. It is possible that in some future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If thisany of these were to occur, the price of our common stock would likely decline significantly.

    In addition, changes in regulatory and accounting principles, and our interpretation of these and judgments used in applying them to our facts and circumstances, could have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We also need to revise our business processes, systems and controls which requires significant management attention and may negatively affect our financial reporting obligations.

    Our products must comply with industry standards, FCC regulations, state, local, country-specific and international regulations, and changes may require us to modify existing products and/or services.

    In addition to reliability and quality standards, the market acceptance of telephony over broadband IP networks is dependent upon the adoption of industry standards so that products from multiple manufacturers are able to communicate with each other. Our cloud-based communications and collaboration services rely heavily on communication standards such as SIP, MGCP and network standards such as TCP/IP and UDP to interoperate with other vendors' equipment. There is currently a lack of agreement among industry leaders about which standard should be used for a particular application, and about the definition of the standards themselves. These standards, as well as audio and video compression standards, continue to evolve. We also must comply with certain rules and regulations of the FCC regarding electromagnetic radiation and safety standards established by Underwriters Laboratories, as well as similar regulations and standards applicable in other countries. Standards are frequently modified or replaced. As standards evolve, we may be required to modify our existing products or develop and support new versions of our products. We must comply with certain federal, state and local requirements regarding how we interact with our customers, including marketing practices, consumer protection, privacy, and billing issues, the provision of 9-1-1 or other international emergency serviceservices, including location data and the quality of service we provide to our customers. The failure of our products and services to comply, or delays in compliance, with various existing and evolving standards could delay or interrupt

    24

    ---

    volume production of our communications and collaboration services, subject us to fines or other imposed penalties, or harm the perception and adoption rates of our service, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

    26

    ---

    For example:

    • The FCC has adopted network neutrality rules.In March, 2015, the FCC adopted new network neutrality rules that would prevent Internet service providers from blocking, degrading and engaging in other practices that would impair or otherwise interfere withRegulation of our services like ours. Several parties appealed the FCC's network neutrality order. We cannot predict the outcome of the appeal but interference with our service or higher charges for using our service could causeas telecommunications services may require us to lose existing customers, impairobtain authorizations or licenses to operate in foreign jurisdictions and comply with legal requirements applicable to traditional telephony providers. Regulators around the world, including those in the European Union generally do not distinguish between our cloud-based communications services and traditional telephony services. By entering additional international markets we may subject ourselves to significant regulation from foreign telecommunications authorities, including obligations to obtain telecommunications licenses and authorizations, complying with consumer protection laws and cooperating with local law enforcement authorities. This regulation impacts our ability to attract new customers,differentiate ourselves from incumbent service providers and harmimposes substantial compliance costs on us. Regulation restricts our revenueability to compete and, growth. These problems could also arise in international markets. Most foreign countriessome jurisdictions, it may restrict how we are able to expand our service offerings. Moreover, the regulatory environment is constantly evolving and changes to the applicable regulations may have not adopted formal net neutrality rules like those adoptedan adverse effect upon our business by the FCC.imposing additional compliance costs, modifying our technology and operations and in general affecting our profitability.
    • Reform of federal and state Universal Service Fund programs and payment of regulatory and other fees in international markets, could increase the cost of our service to our customers diminishing or eliminating our pricing advantage. The FCC and a number of states are considering reform or other modifications to Universal Service Fund programs. Should the FCC or certain states adopt new contribution mechanisms or otherwise modify contribution obligations that increase our contribution burden, we will either need to raise the amount we currently collect from our customers to cover this obligation or absorb the costs, which would reduce our profit margins. Furthermore, the FCC has ruled that states can require us to contribute to state Universal Service Fund programs. A number of states already require us to contribute, while others are actively considering extending their programs to include the services we provide. At the same time, foreign regulatory authorities may impose regulatory fees or other contributions on our services. Should the FCC, states or foreign regulators adopt new contribution mechanisms or otherwise modify contribution obligations that increase our contribution burden, we will either need to raise the amount we currently collect from our customers to cover these obligations or absorb the costs, which would reduce our profit margins. We currently pass-through Universal Service Fund contributions and certain other fees to our customers, which may result in our services becoming less competitive as compared to those provided by others.
    • We may become subject to state regulation for certain service offerings. Certain states take the position that offerings by VoIP providers, like us, are intrastate and therefore subject to state regulation. These states argue that if the beginning and end points of communications are known, and if some of these communications occur entirely within the boundaries of a state, the state can regulate that offering. We believe that the FCC has preempted states from regulating VoIP services like ours in the same manner as providers of traditional telecommunications services. We cannot predict how this issue will be resolved or its impact on our business at this time.
    • The FCC adopted rules concerning call completion rates to rural areas of the United States. It is possible that we, like other providers in the communications marketplace, may be subject to fines or other enforcement actions should the FCC determine that our call completion rates to rural areas are, or have been, unacceptable.
    • The FCC and foreign regulators may require providers like us to comply with regulations related to how we present bills to customers. The adoption of such obligations may require us to revise our bills and may increase our costs of providing service which could either result in price increases or reduce our profitability.
    • There may be risk associated with our ability to comply with FCCU.S. and foreign rules concerning disabilities access requirements and the FCC and foreign regulators may expand disabilities access requirements to additional services we offer. We cannot predict whether we will be subject to additional accessibility requirements or whether any of our service offerings that are not currently subject to disabilities access requirements will be subject to such obligations. It is possible that we, like other providers in the communications marketplace, may be subject to fines or other enforcement actions if we are found not to be in compliance with the FCC's and foreign accessibility requirements.
    • There may be risks associated with our ability to comply with requirements of the Telecommunications Relay Service and similar foreign statutes. The FCC requires providers of interconnected VoIP services to comply with certain regulations pertaining to people with disabilities and to contribute to the Telecommunications Relay Services fund. We are also required to offer 7-1-1 abbreviated dialing for access to relay services. At the same time, several foreign regulators also mandate accessibility requirements for people with disabilities. It is possible that we, like other providers in the communications marketplace, may be subject to fines or other enforcement actions if we are found not to be in compliance with these requirements, including the FCC's 7-1-1 abbreviated dialing requirements.obligations.

    25

    ---

    • There may be risks associated with our ability to comply with the requirements of federalU.S. and foreign law enforcement agencies. The FCC requires all interconnected VoIP providers to comply with the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA. The FCC allowsSimilarly, foreign regulatory frameworks require VoIP providers to comply with local assistance to law enforcement laws and cooperation with local authorities in conducting wiretaps, pentraps and other surveillance activities. The FCC and other regulators may allow VoIP providers to comply with CALEA and similar statutes through the use of a service provided by a trusted third partythird-party with the ability to extract call content and call-identifying information from a VoIP provider's network. Regardless of our reliance on a third party for compliance, it is possible that we, like other providers in the communications marketplace, may be subject to fines or other enforcement actions if we are found not to be in compliance with the FCC's 7-1-1 abbreviated dialing requirements.our obligations under CALEA or other similar assistance with law enforcement statutes.

    27

    ---

    • The FCCU.S. and foreign regulations may require us to deploy an E-911 or access to emergency service that automatically determines the location of our customers. On June 1, In 2007, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, or the VoIP E-911 order, in which it tentatively concluded that all interconnected VoIP providers that allow customers to use their service in more than one location (nomadic VoIP service providers, such as us), must utilize an automatic location technology that meets the same accuracy standards which apply to providers of commercial mobile radio services (mobile phone service providers). Since then, the FCC has been conducting proceedings and inquiries concerning the implementation of such a rule.rule, including possible changes to the manner providers provision E-911 services on mobile applications. At the same time, foreign regulatory authorities, have conducted similar proceedings mandating VoIP providers in the applicable jurisdiction to provide caller location data when completing calls to the local emergency service numbers. The outcome of these proceedings cannot be determined at this time and we may or may not be able to comply with any such obligations that may be adopted. At present, we currently have no means to automatically identify the physical location of one of our customers on the Internet. We cannot guarantee that emergency calling service consistent with the VoIP E-911FCC's order and other similar foreign orders will be available to all of our customers, especially those accessing our services from outside of the United States. The FCC's current VoIP E-911 order or follow-on orders or clarifications or their impact on our customers due toCompliance with these obligations could result in service price increases or other factorsand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
    • The FCC adopted orders reforming the system of payments between regulated carriers that we partner with to interface with the public switch telephone network. The FCC reformed the system under which regulated providers of telecommunications services compensate each other for various types of traffic, including VoIP traffic that terminates on the PSTN and applied new call signaling requirements to VoIP providers and other service providers. The FCC's new rules require, among other things, interconnected VoIP providers, like us, that originate interstate or intrastate traffic destined for the PSTN, to transmit the telephone number associated with the calling party to the next provider in the call path. Intermediate providers must pass calling party number or charge number signaling information they receive from other providers unaltered, to subsequent providers in the call path. While we believe we are in compliance with this rule, to the extent that we pass traffic that does not have appropriate calling party number or charge number information, we could be subject to fines, cease and desist orders, or other penalties. The FCC's Order reforming payments between carriers for various types of traffic also includes a Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. Depending on the rules adopted by the FCCmay result in this proceeding,increasing the payments we make to underlying carriers to access the PSTN, may increase, which may result in us increasing the retail price of our service, potentially making our offering less competitive with traditional providers of telecommunications services, or may reduce our profitability.

    Our emergency and E-911 calling services are different from those offered by traditional wireline telephone companies and may expose us to significant liability. There may be risks associated with limitations associated with E-911 and other emergency dialing with the 8x8 service.

    Both our emergency calling service and our E-911 calling service are different, in significant respects, from the emergency calling services offered by traditional wireline telephone companies.companies in the United States and abroad. In each case, the differences may cause significant delays, or even failures, in callers' receipt of the emergency assistance they need.

    The FCC may determine that our nomadic emergency calling service does not satisfy the requirements of its VoIP E-911 order because, in some instances, our nomadic emergency calling service requires that we route an emergency call to a national emergency call center instead of connecting our customers directly to a local public-safety answering point through a dedicated connection and through the appropriate selective router. Similarly, foreign telecommunications regulators may determine that our nomadic emergency calling service does not meet applicable local emergency dialing and location requirements.

    Delays our customers may encounter when making emergency services calls and any inability of the answering point to automatically recognize the caller's location or telephone number can result in life threatening consequences. Customers may, in the future, attempt to hold us responsible for any loss, damage, personal injury or death suffered as a result of any failure of our E-911 services and other emergency dialing services. In July 2008, the President signed into law the

    26

    ---

    The New and Emerging Technologies 911 Improvement Act of 2008. The law2008 provides public safety entities, interconnected VoIP providers and others involved in handling 911 calls the same liability protections when handling 911 calls from interconnected VoIP users as from mobile or wired telephone service users. The applicability of the liability protections to our national call center service is unclear at the present time. Also, we may be exposed to liability for 911 calls made prior to the adoption of this new law although we are unaware of any such liability.

    28

    ---

    Alleged or actual failure of our solutions to comply with regulations governing outbound dialing, including regulations under the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 and similar foreign statutes, could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

    The legal and contractual environment surrounding calling consumers and wireless phone numbers is complex and evolving. In the United States, two federal agencies, the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") and the FCC, and various states have enacted laws including, at the federal level, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991, or TCPA, that restrict the placing of certain telephone calls and texts to residential and wireless telephone subscribers by means of automatic telephone dialing systems, prerecorded or artificial voice messages and fax machines. Internationally, we are also subject to similar laws imposing limitations on marketing calls to wireline and wireless numbers and compliance with do not call rules. These laws require companies to institute processes and safeguards to comply with these restrictions. Some of these laws can be enforced by the FTC, FCC, State Attorneys General, foreign regulators or private party litigants. In these types of actions, the plaintiff may seek damages, statutory penalties, costs and/or attorneys' fees.

    It is possible that the FTC, FCC, foreign regulators, private litigants or others may attempt to hold our customers, or us as a software provider, responsible for alleged violations of these laws. In the event that litigation is brought, or fines are assessed, against us, we may not successfully enforce or collect upon any contractual indemnities we may have from our customers. Additionally, any changes to these laws or their interpretation that further restrict calling consumers, any adverse publicity regarding the alleged or actual failure by companies, including our customers and competitors, to comply with such laws, or any governmental or private enforcement actions related thereto, could result in the reduced use of our solution by our clients and potential clients, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

    Failure of our back-end information technology systems to function properly could result in significant business disruption.

    We rely on IT systems to manage numerous functions of our internal operations, some of which were internally developed IT systems that were not fully integrated among themselves, or with our third-party ERP system. These IT systems require specialized knowledge for which we have to train new personnel, and if we were to experience an unusual increase in attrition of our IT personnel, we may not be adequately equipped to respond to an IT system failure. These IT systems were developed at a time when we provided services primarily to SMB customers and they may not be able to accommodate the requirements of larger enterprises as effectively as more modern and flexible solutions. Continued reliance on these systems may harm us competitively and impede our efforts to sell to larger enterprises.

    Although we are in the process of upgrading a number of our IT systems, including our ERP software, our quote-to-cash software and our customer service and support software, we face risks relating to these transitions. For example, we may incur greater costs than we anticipate thatto train our personnel on the new systems; we may experience more errors in our records during the transition; and we may be delayed in meeting our various reporting obligations. To the extent any of these risks willor events impact our customer service, we may experience an increase as we begin to market and sellin customer attrition, which could have a material adverse impact on our EasyContactNow service (which is currently sold in the United Kingdom) in the United States.

    Increased energy costs, power outages, and limited availabilityresults of electrical resources may adversely affect our operating results.operations.

    Our data centersinability to use software licensed from third parties, or our use of open source software under license terms that interfere with our proprietary rights, could disrupt our business.

    Our technology platform incorporates software licensed from third parties, including some software, known as open source software, which we use without charge. Although we monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses to which we are susceptible to increased costs of powersubject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and to electrical power outages. Our customer contracts do not contain provisionsthere is a risk that would allow us to passsuch licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on any increased costs of energy to our customers, which could affect our operating margins. Any increases in the price of our services to recoup these costs could not be implemented until the end of a customer contract term. Further, power requirements at our data centers are increasing as a result of the increasing power demands of today's servers. Increases in our power costs could impact our operating results and financial condition. Since we rely on third partiesability to provide our data centers with power sufficientplatform to meet our needs,customers. In the future, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our data centers could have a limited or inadequate amount of electrical resources necessary to meet our customer requirements. We attempt to limit exposure to system downtime due to power outages by using backup generators and power supplies. However, these protectionsplatform, which licenses may not limitbe available on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Alternatively, we may need to re-engineer our exposure to power shortagesplatform or outages entirely. Any system downtime resulting from insufficient power resources or power outages could damagediscontinue use of portions of the functionality provided by our reputation and leadplatform. In addition, the terms of open source software licenses may require us to lose current and potential customers,provide software that we develop using such software to others on unfavorable license terms. Our inability to use third-party software could result in disruptions to our business, or delays in the development of future offerings or enhancements of existing offerings, which would harmcould impair our operating results and financial condition.business.

    2927

    ---

    Decreasing telecommunications rates and increasing regulatory charges may diminish or eliminate our competitive pricing advantage versus legacy providers.

    Decreasing telecommunications rates may diminish or eliminate the competitive pricing advantage of our services, while increased regulation and the imposition of additional regulatory funding obligations at the federal, state, local and localforeign level could require us to either increase the retail price for our services, thus making us less competitive, or absorb such costs, thus decreasing our profit margins. International and domestic telecommunications rates have decreased significantly over the last few years in most of the markets in which we operate, and we anticipate these rates will continue to decline in all of the markets in which we do business or expect to do business. Users who select our services to take advantage of the current pricing differential between traditional telecommunications rates and our rates may switch to traditional telecommunications carriers if such pricing differentials diminish or disappear, however, and we will be unable to use such pricing differentials to attract new customers in the future. Continued rate decreases would require us to lower our rates to remain competitive in the United States and abroad and would reduce or possibly eliminate any gross profit from our services. In addition, we may lose subscribers for our services.

    Certain provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage takeover attempts and lead to management entrenchment.

    Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors, including, among other things:

    • no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
    • the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
    • the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

    30

    ---

    • a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;
    • the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of our Board of Directors or by stockholders holdings shares of our common stock representing in the aggregate a majority of votes then outstanding, which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
    • the ability of our board of directors, by majority vote, to amend our amended and restated bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take additional actions to prevent a hostile acquisition and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend our amended and restated bylaws to facilitate a hostile acquisition; and
    • advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders' meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

  • We are also subject to certain anti-takeover provisions under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL. Under Section 203 of the DGCL, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or (i) our board of directors approves the transaction prior to the stockholder acquiring the 15% ownership position, (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder acquiring the 15% ownership position, the stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock (excluding shares owned by directors or officers and shares owned by certain employee stock plans) or (iii) the transaction is approved by the board of directors and by the stockholders at an annual or special meeting by a vote of 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock (excluding shares held or controlled by the interested stockholder). These provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts.

  28

  ---

  ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

  None.

  ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

  Our principal operations are located in San Jose, CACalifornia, in two facilities that areconsist of approximately 140,831 square feet of combined leased office space.  The leases expire in 2019 and 2020, respectively. In January 2018, we entered into a lease for a new office building in San Jose. We intend to move our employees and operations from our two existing offices to the new office building in phases, beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2019.

  Outside the United States our operations are conducted primarily in leased sitesoffice space located in the United Kingdom (primarily used for sales and Romania. support in Europe) and Romania (primarily used for research and development).

  In addition, we lease space from third-party datacenter hosting facilities under co-location agreements in the United States and in a number of countries across the globe, including South America, Europe, Asia, and the South Pacific.

  We believe that we will be able to obtain additional space at other locations at commercially reasonable terms to support our facilities will adequately meet our current and foreseeable future needs.continuing expansion. For additional information regarding our obligations under leases, see Note 75 to the consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

  ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

  From time to time, we become involved in various legal claims and litigation that arise in the normal course of our operations. While the results of such claims and litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, we are not currently aware of any such matters that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

  On February 22, 2011, we were named a defendant in Bear Creek Technologies, Inc. (BCT) v. 8x8, Inc. et al., filed in the U.S. District Court for the DistrictAs of Delaware (the Court), along with 20 other defendants. Collectively this patent litigation is collectively referred to as in re BEAR CREEK TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (MDL No.: 2344). In August 2011, the suit was dismissed without prejudice and then was refiled againstMay 24, 2018, the Company before the same Court. On November 28, 2012, the USPTO initiated and has since maintainedwas not a Reexamination Proceedingparty in which the claims of a patent (asserted against us) were rejected as being invalid based on four separate grounds. In response to the USPTO invalidity rejections, we filed an informational pleading (on July 10, 2013) to join a motion to stay the proceeding in the District Court, which this motion was granted on July 17, 2013. On May 5, 2015, the Court administratively closed this case with leave to reopen if needed. The Reexamination Proceeding has been on appeal since September 15, 2014. A Decision on Appeal was issued on December 29, 2015, affirming the rejection of all claims. On February 26, 2016, the patent owner filed a Notice of Appeal with the U.S. Patent Trial and Appeal Board, and on March 4, 2016, the Third-Party Requester (on behalf of Cisco Systems, Inc.) filed a Notice of Election to Participate in the Appeal.

  31

  ---

  On November 25, 2015, we were named a defendant in the suit 2-Way Computing, Inc. (2-Way) v. 8x8, Inc., filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Nevada (Case No. 2:15-cv-02228-GMN-CWH). 2-Way also concurrently sued five other defendants for infringing the same patent. In response to our Motion to Dismiss, 2-Way filed an Amended Complaint on April 6, 2016. The suit alleges infringement of a patent which expired in 2012. We have not yet responded to the Amended Complaint. We cannot estimate or comment on potential liability in this case at this early stage of theany material litigation except to note that 2-Way cannot pursue an injunction due to the patent expiration and 2-Way's alleged damages are limited to a time frame beginning in about 2010 and ending with the patent's expiration in 2012.matters.

  On April 16, 2015, we were named as a defendant in a lawsuit, Slocumb Law Firm v. 8x8, Inc., filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Alabama. The Slocumb Law Firm alleges that it purchased certain business services from the Company that did not perform as advertised or expected, and has asserted various causes of actions including fraud, breach of contract, violations of the Alabama Deceptive Trade Practices Act and negligence. On June 10, 2015, the United States Magistrate Judge issued a Report and Recommendation that the Court grant our motion to stay the case and compel the Slocumb Law Firm to arbitrate its claims against us in Santa Clara County, California pursuant to a clause mandating arbitration of disputes set forth in the terms and conditions to which Slocumb Law Firm agreed in connection with its purchase of business services from the Company. We have not yet received a formal arbitration demand from the Slocumb Law Firm, nor has discovery commenced. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against Slocumb Law Firm's claims.

  ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

  Not applicable.

  PART II

  ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

  OurSince December 8, 2017, our common stock is traded under the symbol "EGHT" and is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (NYSE). Previous to December 8, 2017, our common stock traded under the symbol "EGHT" and was listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market national securities exchange.

  We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and have no plans to do so in the foreseeable future. As of May 27, 2016,23, 2018, there were 237214 holders of record of our common stock.

  29

  ---

  The following table sets forth the range of high and low close prices for each period indicated:

  Period			High			Low			High			Low
  Fiscal 2016:
  Fiscal 2018:
  First quarter		$	9.49		$	8.34		$	15.35		$	12.70
  Second quarter		$	9.05		$	7.62		$	14.80		$	12.70
  Third quarter		$	12.17		$	8.16		$	14.80		$	12.20
  Fourth quarter		$	12.91		$	9.29		$	20.25		$	14.40
  Fiscal 2015:
  Fiscal 2017:
  First quarter		$	11.07		$	6.80		$	14.61		$	10.19
  Second quarter		$	8.47		$	6.49		$	15.43		$	12.94
  Third quarter		$	9.31		$	5.80		$	15.63		$	13.05
  Fourth quarter		$	9.15		$	7.06		$	16.50		$	14.20

  See Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report regarding information about securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

  32

  ---

  The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return over a five year period assuming the investment of $100 on March 31, 20112013 in each of 8x8's common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index. The graph is furnished, not filed, and the historical return cannot be indicative of future performance.

  

  30

  ---

  Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  TheThere was no activity under the Repurchase PlansPlan for the three months ended March 31, 2016 is summarized as follows:

  								Total Number			Approximate
  								of Shares			Dollar
  								Purchased			Value of Shares
  			Total			Weighted		as Part of			that May Yet
  			Number of			Average		Publicly			be Purchased
  			Shares			Price Paid		Announced			Under the
  			Purchased			Per Share		Program			Program
  January 1 - January 31, 2016			-		$	-		-		$	19,595,138
  February 1 - February 28, 2016			-			-		-			19,595,138
  March 1 - March 31, 2016			-			-		-		$	15,000,000 *
  Total			-		$	-		-

  *2018. The share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors in February 2015 for the purchase up to $20.0 million shares, expired on February 29, 2016. The expiration resulted in a 4,595,138 decrease in the dollar amountvalue of shares that may yet to be purchased under the repurchase program. See Note 8 in notes to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.Repurchase plan is approximately $7.1 million.

  33

  ---

  ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

  The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data of 8x8 Inc. for each year in the five year period ended March 31, 2016.2018.  The following selected consolidated financial data is qualified by reference to and should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and with the consolidated financial statements, related notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

  			Years Ended March 31,															Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014			2013			2012			2018			2017			2016			2015			2014
  			(in thousands, except per share amounts)															(in thousands, except per share amounts)
  Total revenues		$	209,336		$	162,413		$	128,597		$	103,786		$	83,372		$	296,500		$	253,388		$	209,336		$	162,413		$	128,597
  Net income (loss)		$	(5,120)		$	1,926		$	2,514		$	13,939		$	69,228		$	(104,497)		$	(4,751)		$	(5,120)		$	1,926		$	2,514
  Net income (loss) per share:
  Basic		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.03		$	0.20		$	1.04		$	(1.14)		$	(0.05)		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.03
  Diluted		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.03		$	0.19		$	0.99		$	(1.14)		$	(0.05)		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.03
  Total assets		$	313,452		$	295,624		$	299,203		$	152,611		$	130,733		$	277,209		$	333,855		$	313,452		$	295,624		$	299,203
  Accumulated deficit		$	(109,859)		$	(104,739)		$	(106,665)		$	(109,179)		$	(123,118)		$	(201,464)		$	(114,610)		$	(109,859)		$	(104,739)		$	(106,665)
  Total stockholders' equity		$	275,306		$	272,211		$	278,178		$	137,033		$	118,450		$	218,774		$	288,601		$	275,306		$	272,211		$	278,178

  31

  ---

  ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  OVERVIEW

  We are a leading provider of cloud-based, enterprise-class softwareglobal cloud communications and customer engagement solutions that transform the way businesses communicateto over a million business users worldwide. Our suite of products integrates cloud communications, conferencing, collaboration and collaborate globally.contact center solutions so today's organization can deliver exceptional employee and customer experiences. Our comprehensive softwaretechnology provides one integrated platform brings together the power of cloud, mobile, collaboration, videofor employees and data science technologies to enhance the way employees communicate with each other, and how they connect and interact with their customers. Our integrated, "pure-cloud" offering combines global voice, conferencing, messaging and video with integrated workflows and bigcustomers engagement solutions, as well as a real-time data analytics on a single platform to enable increased team productivity, better customer engagementfor constant learning and real-time insights into business performance. Since fiscal 2004, substantially all of our revenue has been generated from the sale, license and provision of communications services.improvement.

  SUMMARY AND OUTLOOK

  In fiscal year 2016, we displayed continued momentum in four key areas of our business. First, our increased focus on mid-market and distributed enterprise customers resulted in more than 48% of ourOur total service revenue coming from this customer segment, compared with 42% in fiscal 2015. Over the course of the fiscal year, wegrew 19% year-over-year to $280.4 million. We continued to show an increase in our average monthly service revenue per customer (ARPU). In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, our ARPU, which grew 20% to $385,$450, compared with $320$412 in fiscal 2017, as we are selling more to mid-market and enterprise customers. Service revenue from mid-market and enterprise customers represented 58% of total service revenue and grew 29% over the same period of fiscal 2015. The increase resulted from our success in selling a greaterprior year. We also increased the number of subscriptionsdeals where customers purchase our integrated communications and contact center solution, which we have referred to larger,as combination deals.

  In order to position ourselves for our next phase of growth, we pursued several strategic initiatives.

  First, we split our internal sales operations into two separate business units-Small Business and eCommerce, aimed at businesses with 1 to 99 employees, and Mid-market and Enterprise, aimed at businesses with 100 or more established customers.employees. By establishing two separate business units for sales purposes, this will allow us to optimize our sales and marketing strategies around the specific needs of each customer segment.

  Second, we expanded the scope of our channel programs. The 8x8 channel strategy has been instrumental in winning large and mid-market enterprise customers, and we believe the channel will play a key role in further scaling our business. In fiscal 2018, we expanded and enhanced our global partner program, including through the training, enablement and certification of an increasing number of partners, and in August 2017, we launched a formal channel enablement program.

  Third, we continued the advancement of our technology and product innovation withdevelopment to build a comprehensive and integrated platform of solutions. We announced the expansion and enhancementupcoming launch of the X Series: a seamless integration of our integrated communications software suite. We released our new Virtual Office Meetings product, a high definitioncontact center, meeting, and video conferencing and collaboration solution that enables secure, continuous communicationinto a unified suite. The X series will encompass a suite of products ranging from any device, anywhere in the world. We also released next-generation capabilities for our Virtual Contact Center solution, including a global tenant that seamlessly connects an organization's international agents overX1 through X8. It is designed to be a single platform, cloud-native quality management, analyticssystem of enterprise engagement that monitorwill unlock rich data and improveinsights that are not available to businesses that rely on multiple platforms and multiple providers for their communications, collaborations and contact center needs. ​ Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning will be foundational elements to our X Series solutions, and our commitment to these technologies led to investments and key hires in fiscal 2018 as well as the customer journey, and a pre-built CRM integration tool.

  Third, we have made significant progress with our enterprise customer deployments. We continue to deploy our solutions for multiple global enterprise customers with 1,000 - 10,000 seatsacquisition of MarianaIQ Inc. in the US, Canada, Australia, Philippines, UK, Czech Republic, Uruguay, Singapore, Hong Kong, Japan, and many others. Our patent pending "Elite Touch" professional services program employs a comprehensive success enablement methodology that ensures the fastest time to value for customers with large and complex requirements that typically involve multiple sites, global implementations or integration with CRM or other back end systems.April 2018.

  Fourth, we continued to expand our global footprint. International markets outside of the US and Canada represented 10% of total revenue in fiscal 2018. We announced our expansion into France and we continued to build sales capacity in Australia. We also enhanced our global carrier network and have customers accessing our services from over 150 countries around the world. Lastly, we grew headcount to over 1,200 employees worldwide. We hired talent across the organization with a primary focus on sales, marketing and product innovation functions in the United States and European offices.

  As we continue to focus on our Global Reach® initiativemarket opportunity, we intend to further increase our investments in engineering, marketing, sales, deployment, and customer support activities. We expect our expenses to grow materially in all of these categories, and we are targeting a year-over-year growth rate for service revenue, excluding revenue from DXI, of approximately 25% in our fourth fiscal quarter of 2019. In achieving these objectives, we face many risks, including those described under "RISK FACTORS."

  SELECTED OPERATING STATISTICS

  We periodically review certain key business metrics, within the context of our articulated performance goals, in order to evaluate the effectiveness of our operational strategies, allocate resources and maximize the financial performance of our business. The selected operating statistics include the following:

  			Selected Operating Statistics
  			March 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,		March 31,
  			2018		2017		2017		2017		2017
  Business customers average monthly service revenue per customer (1)			$ 469		$ 454		$ 442		$ 432		$ 426
  Monthly business service revenue churn (2)(3)			0.3%		0.4%		0.4%		0.6%		0.7%
  Overall service margin			81%		83%		81%		82%		83%
  Overall product margin			-45%		-27%		-17%		-22%		-9%
  Overall gross margin			75%		78%		75%		76%		77%

  32

  ---

  ____________

  (1)	Business customer average monthly service revenue per customer is service revenue from business customers in the period divided by the number of months in the period divided by the simple average number of business customers during the period.
  (2)	Business customer service revenue churn is calculated by dividing the service revenue lost from business customers (after the expiration of 30-day trial) during the period by the simple average of business customer service revenue during the same period and dividing the result by the number of months in the period.
  (3)	Excludes DXI business customer service revenue churn for all periods presented.

  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

  We have minimal seasonality in our business, but typically sales of new subscriptions in our fourth fiscal quarter are greater than in any of the first three quarters of the fiscal year. We believe this occurs because the customers we target have a tendency to spend a relatively greater portion of their annual capital budgets at the beginning of the calendar year compared with each of the last three quarters of the year.

  REVENUE

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2018			2017			2016			2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Service revenue		$	280,430		$	235,816		$	192,241		$	44,614			18.9%		$	43,575			22.7%
  Percentage of total revenue			94.6%			93.1%			91.8%

  Service revenue consists primarily of revenues attributable to the provision of our 8x8 cloud communication and collaboration software solutions.

  The increase in fiscal year 2018, compared with fiscal year 2017, was primarily attributable to an increase in our business customer subscriber base (net of customer churn) in particular, to mid-market and enterprise customers, our fastest growing customer segments, and an increase in the average monthly service revenue per customer. Our business service subscriber base grew from approximately 49,200 customers at the end of fiscal 2017 to more than 53,800 customers on March 31, 2018. Average monthly service revenue per customer for the fiscal year increased from $412 for fiscal 2017 to $450 for fiscal 2018. We expect growth in the number of business customers and average monthly service revenue per customer to continue to grow in fiscal 2019.

  The increase in fiscal year 2017, compared with fiscal year 2016, was primarily attributable to an increase in our business customer subscriber base (net of customer churn), in particular, to mid-market and enterprise customers, and an increase in the average monthly service revenue per customer. Our business service subscriber base grew from approximately 45,700 customers at the end of fiscal 2016 to approximately 49,200 customers on March 31, 2017. Average monthly service revenue per customer for the fiscal year increased from $367 for fiscal 2016 to $412 for fiscal 2017. These growth factors were partially offset by broadeningthe discontinuance of a certain customer segment of the United Kingdom based platform-as-a-service (DXI PaaS) that was acquired in fiscal 2016 as part of the DXI acquisition, and the decline of the GBP exchange rate to the USD.

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2018			2017			2016			2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Product revenue		$	16,070		$	17,572		$	17,095		$	(1,502)			-8.5%		$	477			2.8%
  Percentage of total revenue			5.4%			6.9%			8.2%

  Product revenue consists primarily of revenues from sales of IP telephones in conjunction with our presence and service delivery capabilities to support ourcloud telephony service. Product revenue is only dependent on the number of customers who currentlychoose to purchase an IP telephone in conjunction with our service instead of using the solution on their cell phone or computer. We expect customers to continue to adopt our mobile and desktop solutions in the future.

  No single customer represented more than 10% of our total revenues during fiscal 2018, 2017 or 2016.

  33

  ---

  The following table illustrates our net revenues by geographic area. Revenues are operatingattributed to countries based on the destination of shipment and the customer's service address.

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2018			2017			2016
  Americas (principally US)			90%			89%			87%
  Europe (principally UK)			10%			11%			13%
  			100%			100%			100%

  COST OF REVENUE

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2018			2017			2016			2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Cost of service revenue		$	50,689		$	42,400		$	37,078		$	8,289			19.5%		$	5,322			14.4%
  Percentage of service revenue			18.1%			18.0%			19.3%

  Cost of service revenue primarily consists of costs associated with network operations and related personnel, communication origination and termination services provided by third-party carriers, and technology licenses, and amortization of internally developed software.

  The increase in 114 countries. Beyond servingcost of service revenue for fiscal 2018 from fiscal 2017 was primarily due to a $1.9 million increase in third-party network service expenses (due to increased call volumes associated with our subscription revenue growth), a $1.7 million increase in amortization of capitalized software, a $1.0 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $1.0 million increase in licenses and fees, a $0.6 million increase in depreciation expense, and a $0.5 million increase in amortization of intangibles.

  The increase in cost of service revenue for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a $2.6 million increase in third party network service expenses, a $0.6 million increase in licenses and fees, a $0.6 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $0.5 million increase in amortization expense, a $0.4 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $0.4 million increase in computer supply expenses, and a $0.2 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses.

  We expect service gross margin to remain at comparable levels for fiscal 2019.

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2018			2017			2016			2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Cost of product revenue		$	20,482		$	19,714		$	20,168		$	768			3.9%		$	(454)			-2.3%
  Percentage of product revenue			127.5%			112.2%			118.0%

  The cost of product revenue consists primarily of IP telephones, estimated warranty obligations and direct and indirect costs associated with product purchasing, scheduling, shipping and handling.

  The increase in the needscost of existing customers, it isproduct revenue for fiscal 2018 from fiscal 2017 was primarily due to the increase in the shipment of equipment to our intentbusiness customers.

  The decrease in the cost of product revenue for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily due to penetrate these markets through a variety$0.2 million decrease in the shipment of additional methods including strategic alliances, partners and acquisitions.equipment to our business customers.

  34

  ---

  To support these initiativesRESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2018			2017			2016			2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Research and development		$	34,797		$	27,452		$	24,040		$	7,345			26.8%		$	3,412			14.2%
  Percentage of total revenue			11.7%			10.8%			11.5%

  Historically, our research and strengthendevelopment expenses have consisted primarily of personnel, consulting and equipment costs necessary for us to conduct our business, we intend to continue investingdevelopment and engineering efforts.

  The increase in research and development expenses for fiscal 2018 from fiscal 2017 was primarily attributable to a $4.0 million increase in payroll and related expenses, net of capitalized costs, and a $2.2 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses.

  The increase in research and development expenses for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily attributable to a $6.8 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $1.2 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, a $1.2 million increase in facility and other allocated costs (which is based on employee headcount), a $0.8 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $0.2 million increase in travel costs, partially offset by $7.0 million of capitalized payroll and consulting costs.

  For fiscal 2019, we expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as we continue to invest in our development efforts.

  SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2018			2017			2016			2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Sales and marketing		$	184,044		$	139,277		$	109,379		$	44,767			32.1%		$	29,898			27.3%
  Percentage of total revenue			62.1%			55.0%			52.3%

  Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related overhead costs for sales, marketing, and customer service which includes deployment engineering and technical support. Such costs also include outsourced customer service call center operations, sales commissions, trade shows, advertising and other marketing and promotional expenses.

  The increase in sales and marketing expenses for fiscal 2018 from fiscal 2017 was primarily due to a $17.5 million increase in payroll and related expenses from an increase in our sales force, deployment engineering, and customer success teams, a $6.7 million increase in allocated costs, a $5.0 million increase in advertising, a $4.3 million increase in third-party sales commissions, a $3.1 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $2.6 million increase in consulting and outside service expenses and a $2.4 million increase in travel expenses.

  The increase in sales and marketing expenses for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a $16.6 million increase in payroll and related expenses from expanding our sales force, deployment engineering, and customer success teams, a $5.0 million increase in facility and allocated costs, a $2.6 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $2.1 million increase in third-party sales commissions, a $1.5 million increase in travel and meal expenses, a $1.3 million increase in advertising, a $0.5 million increase in credit card processing fees, a $0.5 million increase in public relations costs, a $0.5 million increase in bad debt expense, a $0.3 million increase in depreciation expense, offset partially by a $0.8 million decrease in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, and a $0.3 million decrease in amortization expense due to intangibles acquired in acquisitions.

  For fiscal 2019, we expect selling and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in our sales and marketing programs.

  35

  ---

  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2018			2017			2016			2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  General and administrative		$	38,915		$	31,214		$	25,745		$	7,701			24.7%		$	5,469			21.2%
  Percentage of total revenue			13.1%			12.3%			12.3%

  General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related overhead costs and professional service fees for finance, legal, human resources, employee recruiting, and general management.

  The increase in general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2018 from fiscal 2017 was primarily due to a $3.4 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $2.4 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses and a $1.1 million increase in depreciation expense.

  The increase in general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a $1.4 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $1.3 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, a $1.1 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, and a $0.7 million increase in legal, accounting and tax expenses.

  For fiscal 2019, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in order to support the growth of our business.

  IMPAIRMENT OF EQUIPMENT, INTANGIBLES AND GOODWILL

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2018			2017			2016			2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Impairment of equipment, intangible assets and goodwill		$	9,469		$	-		$	-		$	9,469			100.0%		$	-			-100.0%
  Percentage of total revenue			3.2%			0.0%			0.0%

  In fiscal 2018, we recorded a $9.5 million impairment charge for goodwill and other assets associated with DXI as a result in the Company's change in product and marketing strategy for the use of DXI's technology.

  INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER, NET

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2018			2017			2016			2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Interest income and other, net		$	3,693		$	1,792		$	1,107		$	1,901			106.1%		$	685			61.9%
  Percentage of total revenue			1.2%			0.7%			0.5%

  This item primarily consisted of interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and investments in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016. In fiscal 2018, $1.4 million of the cash held in an escrow fund from our 2015 acquisition of DXI was returned to us and recorded as other income.

  36

  ---

  PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2018			2017			2016			2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Provision (benefit) for
  income taxes		$	66,294		$	(126)		$	(847)		$	66,420			N/A		$	721			-85.1%
  Percentage of total revenue			22.4%			0.0%			-0.4%

  For the twelve months ended March 31, 2018, we recorded an income tax expense of $66.3 million, mostly related to the recording of a full valuation allowance established against our deferred tax assets in the quarter ended December 31, 2017. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of $0.1 million, all of which related to loss from operations.

  We record deferred taxes based on differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carryforwards. In evaluating our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets, we consider available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. We record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A significant item of objective negative evidence considered was the historical three-year cumulative pretax loss reached in fiscal 2018. As a result, we recorded a full valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets in the period ended December 31, 2017.

  The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("the Act") that was enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly reformed the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Act contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of earnings, limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of current year taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, one time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated, elimination of U.S. tax on foreign earnings (subject to certain important exceptions), immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits. In the third quarter of fiscal 2018, we remeasured our deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally 21%. We recorded no one-time transition tax liability for our foreign subsidiaries as our preliminary calculations concluded we do not have any untaxed foreign accumulated earnings.

  We estimate our annual effective tax rate at the end of each quarter. In estimating the annual effective tax rate, we consider, among other things, annual pre-tax income, permanent tax differences, the geographic mix of pre-tax income and the application and interpretations of existing tax laws. We record the tax effect of certain discrete items, which are unusual or occur infrequently, in the interim period in which they occur, including changes in judgment about deferred tax valuation allowances. The determination of the effective tax rate reflects tax expense and benefit generated in certain domestic and foreign jurisdictions. However, jurisdictions with a year-to-date loss where no tax benefit can be recognized are excluded from the annual effective tax rate.

  LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

  As of March 31, 2018, we had $152.3 million of cash, cash equivalents and investments. In addition, we held $8.1 million as deposit as restricted cash in support of a letter of credit, securing a lease for a new facility in San Jose, California, which we expect to occupy by January 2019. By comparison, at March 31, 2017, we had $175.0 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and investment balances, and our anticipated cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and expenditure requirements for the next twelve months.

  Fiscal 2018 to Fiscal 2017

  Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2018 was $22.0 million, compared with $28.5 million provided by operating activities for fiscal 2017. Cash used in or provided by operating activities has historically been affected by:

  • the amount of net income or loss;
  • the amount of non-cash expense items such as deferred income tax, depreciation, amortization and impairments;
  • the expense associated with stock options and stock-based awards; and

  37

  ---

  • changes in working capital accounts, particularly in the timing of collections from receivable and payments of obligations.

  Net cash used in investing activities was $7.3 million in fiscal 2018, compared with $22.2 million used in investing activities in fiscal 2017. The cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2018 was primarily related to property and equipment investments of $9.2 million and the capitalized internal software development costs of $12.5 million. This was partially offset by $13.0 million of proceeds from sales and maturities of investments, net of purchases of investments.

  Net cash used in financing activities was $16.4 million in fiscal 2018, compared with $1.6 million provided by financing activities in fiscal 2017. Our financing activities for fiscal 2018 used cash of $17.9 million for the repurchase of 1.4 million shares of our common stock under our announced stock repurchase program, $4.5 million to settle payroll tax obligations and $1.1 million to make payments for lease obligations. These outflows were partially offset by $7.2 million from the issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plans.

  Fiscal 2017 to Fiscal 2016

  Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2017 was $28.5 million.

  Net cash used in investing activities was $22.2 million in fiscal 2017, at rates comparablewhich comprised investments in property and equipment of $8.9 million, cost for capitalized internal software development costs of $5.5 million and net purchases of investments of $4.9 million. The cash outflow related to the thirdLeChat acquisition was $2.9 million.

  Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.6 million in fiscal 2017, compared with $7.2 million in fiscal 2016. Our financing activities for fiscal 2017 used cash of $3.0 million for share repurchases to settle payroll tax obligations. This cash use was offset by $5.1 million proceeds from the issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plans. During fiscal 2017, we did not repurchase shares from the market under a stock repurchase program.

  Contractual Obligations

  Future operating lease payments, capital lease payments and purchase obligations at March 31, 2018 for the next five years were as follows (in thousands):

  			Year Ending March 31,
  			2019			2020			2021			2022			2023			Thereafter			Total
  Capital leases		$	1,054		$	456		$	53		$	5		$	-		$	-		$	1,568
  Office leases			5,876			6,754			9,093			8,970			8,448			54,936			94,077
  Purchase obligations
  Third party customer support provider			1,358			-			-			-			-			-			1,358
  Third party network service providers			1,916			8			-			-			-			-			1,924
  		$	10,204		$	7,218		$	9,146		$	8,975		$	8,448		$	54,936		$	98,927

  Our capital lease obligations consist of leases for computer equipment.

  Our office lease obligations consist of our principal facility and various leased facilities under operating lease agreements, which expire on various dates from fiscal 2018 through fiscal 2032. The Company leases its current headquarters facility in San Jose, California under an operating lease agreement that expires in October 2019.

  In the fourth quartersquarter of fiscal 2016.2018, we entered into a 132-month lease to rent approximately 162,000 square feet for a new Company headquarters in San Jose, California. The lease term begins on January 1, 2019 or such earlier date on which the Company first commences to conduct business on the premises. The Company has the option to extend the lease for one additional five-year term, on substantially the same terms and conditions as the prior term but with the base rent rate adjusted to fair market value at that time.

  38

  ---

  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES & ESTIMATES

  Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

  We have identified the policies below as some of the more critical to our business and the understanding of our results of operations. These policies may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application and represent the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Although we believe our judgments and estimates are appropriate, actual future results may differ from our estimates. If different assumptions or conditions were to prevail, the results could be materially different from our reported results. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations is discussed throughout Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results.

  Use of Estimates

  The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate such estimates, including, but not limited to, those related to, revenue recognition, bad debts, returns reserve for expected cancellations, valuation of inventories, income and sales tax, and litigation and other contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and equity that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

  Additional information regarding risk factors that may impact our estimates is included above under Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors."

  Revenue Recognition

  Our revenue recognition policies are also described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. As described below, significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with the revenue recognized in any accounting period. Material differences may result in the amount and timing of our revenue for any period if our management made different judgments or utilized different estimates.

  Service and Product Revenue

  We recognize service revenue, mainly from subscription services related to our cloud-based voice, call center, video, and collaboration solutions, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, or services have been rendered, price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We defer recognition of service revenues in instances when cash receipts are received before services are delivered, and we recognize deferred revenues ratably, over the course of the contract, as services are provided.

  Under the terms of our typical subscription agreements, new customers can terminate their service within 30 days of order placement and receive a full refund of fees previously paid. We have determined that we have sufficient history of subscriber conduct to make a reasonable estimate of cancellations within the 30-day trial period. Therefore, we recognize new subscriber revenue that is fixed and determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables, in the month in which the new order was shipped, net of an allowance for expected cancellations.

  We recognize revenue from product sales, mainly IP telephones, for which there are no related services to be rendered upon shipment to customers provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, title has transferred, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, there are no customer acceptance requirements, and there are no remaining significant obligations. Gross outbound shipping and handling charges are recorded as revenue, and the related costs are included in cost of goods sold. Reserves for returns and allowances for customer sales are recorded at the time of shipment. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605,Revenue Recognition, we recorddefer revenue from shipments to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers, where the right of return exists, as deferred revenue. We defer recognition of revenue on product sales to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers until the products have been sold to the end customer.

  39

  ---

  We record revenue net of any sales and service related taxes and mandatory government charges that are billed to our customers. We believe this approach results in consolidated financial statements that are more easily understood by users.

  35

  ---

  Under the terms of our typical subscription agreement, new customers can terminate their service within 30 days of order placement and receive a full refund of fees previously paid. We have determined that we have sufficient history of subscriber conduct to make a reasonable estimate of cancellations within the 30-day trial period. Therefore, we recognize new subscriber revenue in the month in which the new order was shipped, net of an allowance for expected cancellations.

  Multiple Element Arrangements

  ASC 605-25,Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements, requires that revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables be divided into separate units of accounting if the deliverables in the arrangement meet specific criteria.  The provisioning of the 8x8 cloud communication and collaboration software solutionsservice with the accompanying 8x8 IP telephone constitutes a revenue arrangement with multiple deliverables.  For arrangements with multiple deliverables, we allocate the arrangement consideration to all units of accounting based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the relative selling price to be used for allocating arrangement consideration to units of accounting as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE"), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price ("TPE"), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price ("BESP").

  VSOE generally exists only when we sell the deliverable separately, on more than a limited basis, at prices within a relatively narrow range.  When VSOE cannot be established, we attempt to establish the selling price of deliverables based on relevant TPE. TPE is determined based on manufacturer's prices for similar deliverables when sold separately, when possible. WhenAs we arehave historically been unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP for the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. BESP is generally used for offerings that are not typically sold on a stand-alone basis or for new or highly customized offerings. We determine BESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to:

  • the price list established by itsour management which is typically based on general pricing practices and targeted gross margin of products and services sold; and
  • analysis of pricing history of new arrangements, including multiple element and stand-alone transactions.

  In accordance with the guidance of ASC 605-25, when we enter into revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables we allocate arrangement consideration, including activation fees, among the 8x8 IP telephonesproducts and subscriber services based on their relative selling prices. Arrangement consideration allocated to the IP telephonessold products that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized as product revenues during the period of the sale less the allowance for estimated returns during the 30-day trial period. Arrangement consideration allocated to subscriber services that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized ratably as service revenues as the related services are provided, which is generally over the initial contract term.

  Our ability to enter into revenue generating transactions and recognize revenue in the future is subject to a number of business and economic risks discussed above under Item 1A,"Risk Factors."

  Collectability of Accounts Receivable

  We must make estimates of the collectability of our accounts receivable. Management specifically analyzes accounts receivable, including historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, current economic trends and changes in our customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. As of March 31, 2016, the accounts receivable balance was $11.1 million, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.6 million, including a reserve for disputed credits, and an estimated returns reserve of $0.2 million. If the financial condition of our customers deteriorates, our actual losses may exceed our estimates, and additional allowances would be required.

  Valuation of Inventories

  We write down our inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand, market conditions and replacement costs. If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than those projected by us, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

  36

  ---

  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

  Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Goodwill represents the excess fair value of consideration transferred over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. The carrying value of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized but are annually tested for impairment and more often if there is an indicator of impairment.

  40

  ---

  We perform an annual goodwill impairment assessment in the fourth quartertest on January 1 of each year or more frequently if indicatorsand during the year, whenever a triggering event for such an assessment is identified. During the third quarter of potential impairment exist, to determine whether it is more likely than not thatfiscal year 2018, we changed our product and marketing strategy for the use of DXI's technology and re-assessed the profitability outlook which triggered us testing the recorded goodwill for impairment. First, we estimated the fair value of aour three reporting units using the market approach. Under the market approach, we utilized the market capitalization of our publicly-traded shares and comparable company information to determine revenue multiples which were used to determine the fair value of each reporting unit. Based on this approach, we determined that there was an indication of impairment only for our DXI reporting unit in whichthe UK as the carrying value including goodwill resides is less thanexceeded its carryingestimated fair value. For reporting units in which this assessment concludes that it is more likely thanAs largely independent cash flows could not thatbe attributed to any assets individually we evaluated DXI's assets and liabilities as one asset group. Then we estimated the fair value is more thanof DXI's using discounted cash flow methods to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. The difference between this implied fair value of the goodwill and its carrying value was recorded as impairment. The outcome of the analysis resulted in a non-cash expense for impairment of property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill of $0.3 million, $1.2 million and $8.0 million, respectively, which was recorded during the third quarter of fiscal year 2018 as a separate line item in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

  Internal - Use Software Development Costs

  We account for computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40,Internal Use Software (ASC 350-40), which requires capitalization of certain software development costs incurred during the application development stage. In accordance with authoritative guidance, we begin to capitalize our costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is not considered impairedprobable that the project will be completed and wethe software will be used as intended. Once the project has been completed, these costs are not requiredamortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. Qualitative factors consideredbe three years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded in this assessment include industryresearch and market considerations, overall financial performance, and other relevant events and factors affecting the reporting unit.development expense on our consolidated statements of operations.

  Income and Other Taxes

  As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process requires us to estimate our actual current tax expense and to assess temporary differences resulting from book-tax accounting differences for items such as accrued vacation. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. In the event that we determine that we would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would reduce income tax expense in the period such determination was made.

  Significant management judgment is required to determine the valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. The valuation allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be recoverable. During

  In evaluating our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets, we consider available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. We record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets if, based on the fourth quarterweight of fiscal 2016 and 2015,the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A significant item of objective negative evidence considered was the historical three-year cumulative pretax loss as of the end of our third quarter. As a result, we evaluated the need forrecorded a full valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets during that period. As of March 31, 2018, we maintained a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax asset and concluded that we needed less of an allowance. Therefore, we decreased our valuation allowance by approximately $1.1 million and $1.5 million, as certain California net operating losses will not be utilized as they have expired in fiscal 2016 and 2015. During the fourth quarters of fiscal 2014, we evaluated the need for a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax asset and concluded that an additional allowance was needed. Therefore, we increased our valuation allowance related to our state and federal net operating loss and tax credit carryovers which resulted in reversals of previous income statement credits of approximately $1.3 million. We determined that an increase in our valuation allowance was appropriate as a result of the change in the net income apportionment methodology in California and the acquisition of Voicenet in the third quarter of fiscal 2014. In making this determination, we considered all available positive and negative evidence, including our recent earnings trend and expected continued future taxable income. As of March 31, 2016, the net deferred tax asset on the consolidated balance sheet representedsheet.

  We estimate our annual effective tax rate at the projectedend of each quarter. In estimating the annual effective tax rate, we consider, among other things, annual pre-tax income, permanent tax differences, the geographic mix of pre-tax income and the application and interpretations of existing tax laws. We record the tax effect of certain discrete items, which are unusual or occur infrequently, in the interim period in which they occur, including changes in judgment about deferred tax valuation allowances. The determination of the effective tax rate reflects tax expense and benefit generated in certain domestic and foreign jurisdictions. However, jurisdictions with a year-to-date loss where no tax benefit we expect to realize. We continue to maintain a valuation allowance againstcan be recognized are excluded from the portion of our deferredannual effective tax assets that we believe is more likely than not to be used to reduce our income tax liability.rate.

  We have received inquiries, demands or audit requests from several state, municipal and 9-1-1 taxing agencies seeking payment of taxes that are applied to or collected from the customers of providers of traditional public switched telephone network services. We recorded $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million of expense for the years ended March 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for estimated tax exposure for such assessments.

  3741

  ---

  Stock-Based Compensation

  We account for our employee stock options, stock purchase rights, restricted stock units, and restricted performance stock units granted under the 1996 Stock Plan, 1996 Director Option Plan, the 2006 Stock Plan, the 2003 Contactual Plan, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan and stock purchase rights under the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (collectively "Equity Compensation Plans") under the provisions of ASC 718 -Stock Compensation. Under the provisions of ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant), net of estimated forfeitures.

  We recognize stock-based compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, based on ASC 718 criteria. Compensation expense for stock-based payment awards is recognized using the straight-line single-option method and includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. Compensation expense for restricted stock units with performance and market conditions is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method and includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

  To value option grants stock purchase rights and restricted stock units under the Equity Compensation Plans for stock-based compensation, we used the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Fair value determined using the Black-ScholesBlack- Scholes option valuation model varies based on assumptions used for the expected stock prices volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rates and future dividend payments. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, weWe used the historical volatility of our stock over a period equal to the expected life of the options. The expected life assumptions represent the weighted-average period stock-based awards are expected to remain outstanding. We established expected life assumptions through the review of historical exercise behavior of stock-based award grants with similar vesting periods. The risk-free interest rate was based on the closing market bid yields on actively traded U.S. treasury securities in the over-the-counter market for the expected term equal to the expected term of the option. The dividend yield assumption was based on our history and expectation of future dividend payout.

  To value restricted performance stock units under the Equity Compensation Plans, we used a Monte Carlo simulation model.  Fair value determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model varies based on the assumptions used for the expected stock price volatility, the correlation coefficient between the Company and the NASDAQ Composite Index, risk-free interest rates, and future dividend payments.  For the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, weWe used the historical volatility and correlation of our stock and the Index over a period equal to the remaining performance period as of the grant date. The risk-free interest rate was based on the closing market bid yields onof actively traded U.S. treasury securities in the over-the-counter market for the expected term equal to the remaining performance period as of the grant date. The dividend yield assumption was based on our history of not paying dividends.

  Recently Issued and expectation of future dividend payout.Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

  ASC 718 requires usRecent accounting pronouncements are detailed in Note 1 to calculate the additional paid-in-capital pool, or APIC Pool, available to absorb tax deficiencies recognized subsequent to adopting ASC 718, as if we had adopted ASC 718 at its effective date of January 1, 1995. There are two allowable methods to calculate our APIC Pool: (1) the long form method or (2) the short form method as set forth in ASC 718. We have elected to use the long form method under which we track each award grant on an employee-by-employee basis and grant-by-grant basis to determine if there is a tax benefit or tax deficiency for such award. We then compared the fair value expense to the tax deduction received for each grant and aggregated the benefits and deficiencies to establish the APIC Pool.

  Due to the adoption of ASC 718, some option exercises result in tax deductions in excess of book deductions based on the option value at the time of grant. We recognize these windfall tax benefits associated with the exercise of stock options directly to stockholders' equity only when realized. We use the "with and without" approach as described in ASC 740, in determining the order in which our tax attributes are utilized. The "with and without" approach results in the recognition of the windfall stock option tax benefits only after all other tax attributes of ours have been considered in the annual tax accrual computation. Also, we have elected to ignore the indirect tax effects of share-based compensation deductions in computing our research and development tax credits and alternative tax credits and as such, we recognize the full effect of these deductions in the consolidated income statement in the period in which the taxable event occurs.

  38

  ---

  SELECTED OPERATING STATISTICS

  We periodically review certain key business metrics, within the context of our articulated performance goals, in order to evaluate the effectiveness of our operational strategies, allocate resources and maximize the financial performance of our business. The selected operating statistics include the following:

  		Selected Operating Statistics
  		March 31,		Dec. 31,		Sept. 30,		June 30,		March 31,
  		2016		2015		2015		2015		2015
  Business customers average monthly
  service revenue per customer (1)		$ 385		$ 369		$ 360		$ 353		$ 320
  Monthly business service revenue churn (2)(3)		0.4%		1.2%		0.7%		1.0%		0.5%
  Overall service margin		81%		80%		80%		81%		81%
  Overall product margin		-18%		-21%		-15%		-18%		-19%
  Overall gross margin		72%		72%		73%		73%		73%

  ____________

  (1)	Business customer average monthly service revenue per customer is service revenue from business customers in the period divided by the number of months in the period divided by the simple average number of business customers during the period.
  (2)	Business customer service revenue churn is calculated by dividing the service revenue lost from business customers (after the expiration of 30-day trial) during the period by the simple average of business customer service revenue during the same period and dividing the result by the number of months in the period.
  (3)	Excludes DXI business customer service revenue churn for the periods ended June 30, September 30, December 31, 2015, and March 31, 2016. DXI churn is excluded because revenue recorded by DXI is tied to usage levels and are not correlated with customer turnover.

  We believe it is useful to monitor these metrics together and not individually, as we do not make business decisions based upon any single metric.

  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

  We have minimal seasonality in our business but typically sales of new subscriptions in our fourth fiscal quarter are greater than in any of the first three quarters of the fiscal year. We believe this occurs because the customers we target have a tendency to spend a relatively greater portion of their annual capital budgets at the beginning of the calendar year compared with each of the last three quarters of the year.

  REVENUE

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Service revenue		$	192,241		$	148,208		$	116,607		$	44,033			29.7%		$	31,601			27.1%
  Percentage of total revenue			91.8%			91.3%			90.7%

  Service revenue consists primarily of revenues attributable to the provision of our 8x8 cloud communication and collaboration software solutions. We expect that cloud software solutions service revenues will continue to comprise nearly all of our service revenues for the foreseeable future.

  The increase in fiscal year 2016, compared with fiscal year 2015, was primarily attributable to an increase in our business customer subscriber base (net of customer churn) in particular, to mid-market and enterprise customers, revenue of approximately $10.0 million from customers acquired as part of the DXI acquisition, and an increase in the average monthly service revenue per customer. Our business service subscriber base grew from approximately 41,600 customers at the end of fiscal 2015 to approximately 45,700

  39

  ---

  customersReport on March 31, 2016. Average monthly service revenue per customer for the fiscal year increased from $305 for fiscal 2015 to $367 for fiscal 2016. We expect growth in the number of business customers and average monthly service revenue per customer to continue to grow in fiscal 2017.Form 10-K.

  The increase in fiscal year 2015, compared with fiscal year 2014, was primarily attributable to an increase in our business customer subscriber base and an increase in the average monthly service revenue per customer. Our business service subscriber base grew from approximately 38,000 customers at the end of fiscal 2014 to approximately 41,600 customers on March 31, 2015. The increase in business customers included approximately 1,000 customers obtained through our acquisition of Voicenet, on November 29, 2013. Average monthly service revenue per customer increased from $273 for fiscal 2014 to $305 for fiscal 2015.

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Product revenue		$	17,095		$	14,205		$	11,990		$	2,890			20.3%		$	2,215			18.5%
  Percentage of total revenue			8.2%			8.7%			9.3%

  Product revenue consists primarily of revenues from sales of IP telephones in conjunction with our cloud telephony service.

  The increase in fiscal year 2016 from fiscal year 2015 resulted from a $2.9 million increase in product revenue attributable to growth in our business customer subscriber base, for which we have been subsidizing equipment purchases.

  The increase in fiscal year 2015 from fiscal year 2014 resulted from a $2.2 million increase in product revenue attributable to growth in our business customer subscriber base, for which we have been subsidizing equipment purchases.

  No single customer represented more than 10% of our total revenues during fiscal 2016, 2015 or 2014.

  The following table illustrates our net revenues by geographic area. Revenues are attributed to countries based on the destination of shipment and the customer's service address (in thousands):

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014
  Americas (principally US)			87%			92%			97%
  Europe			12%			7%			2%
  Asia Pacific			1%			1%			1%
  			100%			100%			100%

  COST OF REVENUE

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Cost of service revenue		$	37,078		$	29,701		$	22,445		$	7,377			24.8%		$	7,256			32.3%
  Percentage of service revenue			19.3%			20.0%			19.2%

  Cost of service revenue primarily consists of costs associated with network operations and related personnel, communication origination and termination services provided by third party carriers and technology license and royalty expenses.

  The increase in cost of service revenue for fiscal 2016 from fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $2.0 million increase in third party network service expenses, a $1.6 million increase in amortization expense, a $1.4 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $0.5 million increase in depreciation, a $0.5 million increase in licenses and fees, and a $0.5 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses.

  40

  ---

  The increase in cost of service revenue for fiscal 2015 from fiscal 2014 was primarily due to a $3.5 million increase in third party network service expenses, a $1.5 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $1.0 million increase in depreciation, and a $0.3 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses.

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Cost of product revenue		$	20,168		$	15,863		$	15,170		$	4,305			27.1%		$	693			4.6%
  Percentage of product revenue			118.0%			111.7%			126.5%

  The cost of product revenue consists primarily of IP telephones, estimated warranty obligations and direct and indirect costs associated with product purchasing, scheduling, shipping and handling. We allocate a portion of service revenues to product revenues but these revenues are less than the cost of the product.

  The increase in the cost of product revenue for fiscal 2016 from fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $3.6 million increase in the shipment of equipment to our business customers, a $0.3 million increase in freight costs, and a $0.2 million increase to warranty expense.

  The increase in the cost of product revenue for fiscal 2015 from fiscal 2014 was primarily due to a $1.5 million increase in the shipment of equipment to our business customers, a $0.1 million increase in freight costs, offset by a $0.9 million decrease in warranty expense.

  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Research and development		$	24,040		$	15,118		$	11,633		$	8,922			59.0%		$	3,485			30.0%
  Percentage of total revenue			11.5%			9.3%			9.0%

  Historically, our research and development expenses have consisted primarily of personnel, system prototype design, and equipment costs necessary for us to conduct our development and engineering efforts. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, we expensed all research and development costs as they were incurred in accordance with ASC 985-20,Costs of Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, and we capitalized $0.9 million of payroll and related costs in accordance with ASC 350-40,Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software.

  The increase in research and development expenses for fiscal 2016 from fiscal 2015 was primarily attributable to a $6.5 million increase in payroll and related expenses, and a $1.4 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $0.3 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses partially offset by $0.9 million of payroll and related costs capitalized in accordance with ASC 350-40.

  The increase in research and development expenses for fiscal 2015 from fiscal 2014 was primarily attributable to a $0.8 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $0.8 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses and a $0.5 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, partially offset by $1.5 million of payroll and related costs capitalized in accordance with ASC 350-40.

  41

  ---

  SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Sales and marketing		$	109,379		$	80,667		$	60,906		$	28,712			35.6%		$	19,761			32.4%
  Percentage of total revenue			52.3%			49.7%			47.4%

  Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related overhead costs for sales, marketing, and customer service which includes deployment engineering. Such costs also include outsourced customer service call center operations, sales commissions, as well as trade shows, advertising and other marketing and promotional expenses.

  The increase in sales and marketing expenses for fiscal 2016 from fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $13.8 million increase in payroll and related expenses from an increase in our sales force, deployment engineering, customer success teams, and from the acquisition of DXI, a $3.5 million increase in third party sales commissions, a $2.6 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, a $2.3 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $1.2 million increase in travel and meal expenses, a $1.1 million increase in advertising, a $0.6 million increase in trade show expenses, a $0.5 million increase in credit card processing fees, a $0.3 million increase in amortization expense due to intangibles acquired in acquisitions, and a $0.2 million increase in depreciation expense.

  The increase in sales and marketing expenses for fiscal 2015 from fiscal 2014 was primarily due to a $11.2 million increase in payroll and related expenses from an increase in our sales force, deployment engineering, customer success teams, and from the acquisition of Voicenet, a $1.9 million increase in third party sales commissions, a $1.4 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $0.9 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, a $0.7 million increase in travel and meal expenses, a $0.6 million increase in amortization expense due to intangibles acquired in acquisitions, a $0.6 million increase in trade show expenses, a $0.4 million increase in credit card processing fees, a $0.2 million increase in expensed computer, software and light furniture, offset by a $0.3 million decrease in bad debt expenses and a $0.2 million decrease in advertising expenses.

  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  General and administrative		$	25,745		$	18,182		$	15,368		$	7,563			41.6%		$	2,814			18.3%
  Percentage of total revenue			12.3%			11.2%			12.0%

  General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related overhead costs for finance, human resources and general management.

  The increase in general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2016 from fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $2.6 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $1.7 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $0.9 million increase in temporary personnel, consulting and outside service expenses, a $0.8 million increase in facility lease and maintenance expenses, a $0.5 million increase in accounting and tax expenses, and a $0.2 million increase in licenses and fees expenses.

  The increase in general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2015 from fiscal 2014 was primarily due to a $1.7 million increase in payroll and related expenses, a $1.0 million increase in legal expenses, a $0.3 million increase in recruiting expenses, a $0.2 million increase in facility lease and maintenance expenses, offset by a $0.6 million decrease in stock-based compensation expenses.

  42

  ---

  GAIN ON PATENT SALE

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Gain on patent sale		$	-		$	(1,000)		$	-		$	1,000			100.0%		$	(1,000)			100.0%
  Percentage of total revenue			0.0%			-0.6%			0.0%

  In June 2012, we entered into a patent purchase agreement for the sale of a family of United States patents. We recognized a gain of slightly less than $12.0 million, net of transaction costs, in the first fiscal quarter of 2013, approximately $1.0 million in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2013, and approximately $1.0 million in the second fiscal quarter of 2015 due to the third party purchaser entering into a license agreement with its customer. The gain on patent sale has been recorded as a reduction of operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

  INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER, NET

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Interest income and other, net		$	1,107		$	833		$	742		$	274			32.9%		$	91			12.3%
  Percentage of total revenue			0.5%			0.5%			0.6%

  This item primarily consisted of interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and investments and amortization or accretion of investments in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014.

  (BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  (Benefit) provision for income taxes		$	(847)		$	2,789		$	2,219		$	(3,636)			-130.4%		$	570			25.7%
  Percentage of total revenue			-0.4%			1.7%			1.7%

  We recorded an income tax benefit of ($0.8) million in fiscal year 2016, all of which related to net loss from operations. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, we evaluated the need for a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets and determined that a decrease of $1.1 million was needed as certain California net operating losses carryforwards having expired in fiscal 2016.

  We recorded an income tax provision of $2.8 million in fiscal year 2015, all of which related to net income from operations. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, we evaluated the need for a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax asset and determined that a decrease of $1.5 million was needed as certain California net operating losses carryforwards having expired in fiscal 2015.

  At March 31, 2016, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $137.9 million and $38.7 million, respectively that expire at various dates between 2017 and 2036. In addition, at March 31, 2016, we had research and development credit carryforwards for federal and state tax reporting purposes of approximately $4.5 million and $6.2 million, respectively. The federal income tax credit carryforwards will expire between 2021 and 2036, while the California income tax credit will carry forward indefinitely. Under the ownership change limitations of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the amount and benefit from the net operating losses and credit carryforwards may be limited in certain circumstances.

  43

  ---

  At March 31, 2016 and 2015, we had net deferred tax assets before valuation allowances of approximately $52.3 million and $52.5 million, respectively.

  INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF INCOME TAX PROVISION

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Income from discontinued
  operations, net of income tax provision		$	-		$	-		$	320		$	-			N/A		$	(320)			-100.0%
  Percentage of total revenue			0.0%			0.0%			0.2%

  On September 30, 2013, we sold our dedicated server hosting business. The current and historical results of our dedicated server hosting business have been reclassified to income from discontinued operations, net of income tax provision. For the years ended March 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, income taxes were $0, $0, and $0.3 million, respectively.

  GAIN ON DISPOSAL OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF INCOME TAX PROVISION

  			Years Ended March 31,									Year-over-Year Change
  			2016			2015			2014			2015 to 2016						2014 to 2015
  			(dollar amounts in thousands)
  Gain on disposal of discontinued
  operations,net of income tax provision		$	-		$	-		$	596		$	-			N/A		$	(596)			-100.0%
  Percentage of total revenue			0.0%			0.0%			0.5%

  For the year ended March 31, 2014, we recorded a gain on disposal of our dedicated server hosting business of $1.1 million, net of a tax provision of $0.5 million.

  LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

  As of March 31, 2016, we had $162.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and investments. By comparison, at March 31, 2015, we had $177.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and investments. During fiscal 2016, we repurchased approximately 1.4 million shares of our common stock on the market for a total of approximately $11.7 million of which $11.2 million were related to our stock repurchase program, and $0.5 million related to shares withheld for employee payroll taxes. We currently have no borrowing arrangements. We believe we have sufficient liquidity to fund operations for the foreseeable future. In addition, we have a shelf registration statement that would allow us to raise up to an additional $123.7 million from the sale of new securities of ours.

  2016 to 2015

  Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2016 was $23.6 million, compared with $21.2 million provided by operating activities for fiscal 2015. Cash used in or provided by operating activities has historically been affected by:

  • the amount of net income or loss;
  • sales of subscriptions;
  • changes in working capital accounts, particularly in deferred revenue due to timing of annual plan renewals;
  • add-backs of non-cash expense items such as deferred income tax, depreciation and amortization; and

  44

  ---

  • the expense associated with stock options and stock-based awards.

  Net cash used in investing activities was $36.3 million in fiscal 2016, compared with $12.2 million used in investing activities in fiscal 2015. The increase in cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2016 was primarily related to the purchase of investments ($126.7 million) and the acquisition of businesses ($23.2 million). The increase in cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2016 was partially offset by the sale of investments ($56.3) million and proceeds from maturities of investments ($64.4 million).

  Net cash used in financing activities was $7.2 million in fiscal 2016, compared with $14.9 million used in financing activities in fiscal 2015. Our financing activities for fiscal 2016 used cash of approximately $11.7 million for the repurchase of our common stock ($11.2 million under our stock repurchase program and $0.5 million for share withheld for payroll taxes). The used in financing activities in fiscal 2016 was partially offset by $4.8 million proceeds from the issuance of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan.

  2015 to 2014

  Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2015 was $21.2 million, compared with $14.9 million provided by operating activities for fiscal 2014. Cash used in or provided by operating activities has historically been affected by:

  • the amount of net income;
  • sales of subscriptions;
  • changes in working capital accounts, particularly in deferred revenue due to timing of annual plan renewals;
  • add-backs of non-cash expense items such as deferred income tax, depreciation and amortization; and
  • the expense associated with stock options and stock-based awards.

  Net cash used in investing activities was $12.2 million in fiscal 2015, compared with $136.5 million used in investing activities in fiscal 2014. The decrease in cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2015 was primarily related to the purchase of investments ($106.0 million) and the acquisition of property and equipment ($5.8 million). The increase in cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2015 was partially offset by the sale and maturities of investments in fiscal 2015 ($100.3 million).

  Net cash used in financing activities was $14.9 million in fiscal 2015, compared with $130.5 million provided by financing activities in fiscal 2014. Our financing activities for fiscal 2015 provided cash of $4.5 million due to issuance of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan and the issuance of shares related to the exercise of options, which was offset by approximately $19.3 million ($19.2 million under our stock repurchase program and $0.1 million for shares withheld for payroll taxes).

  Contractual Obligations

  Future operating lease payments, capital lease payments and purchase obligations at March 31, 2016 for the next five years were as follows (in thousands):

  			Year Ending March 31,
  			2017			2018			2019			2020			2021			Thereafter			Total
  Capital leases		$	608		$	540		$	349		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	1,497
  Office leases			3,663			3,552			3,645			2,862			283			-			14,005
  Purchase obligations
  Third party customer support provider			2,158			-			-			-			-			-			2,158
  Third party network service providers			2,572			891						-			-			-			3,463
  Open purchase orders			48			-			-			-			-			-			48
  		$	9,049		$	4,983		$	3,994		$	2,862		$	283		$	-		$	21,171

  Our capital lease obligations consist of leases for computer equipment.

  Our office lease obligations consist of our principal facility and various leased facilities under operating lease agreements, which expire on various dates from fiscal 2017 through fiscal 2021. The Company leases its headquarters facility in San Jose, California under an operating lease agreement that expires in October 2019.

  45

  ---

  In the third quarter of 2010, we amended our contract with one of our third party customer support vendors containing a minimum monthly commitment of approximately $0.4 million. As the agreement requires a 150-day notice to terminate, the total remaining obligation under the contract was $2.2 million at March 31, 2016.

  We have entered into contracts with multiple vendors for third party network service which expire on various dates in fiscal 2017 through 2018. At March 31, 2016, the total remaining obligations under these contracts were $3.5 million.

  At March 31, 2016, we had open purchase orders of $48,000, primarily related to inventory purchases from our contract manufacturers.  These purchase commitments are reflected in our consolidated financial statements once goods or services have been received or at such time when we are obligated to make payments related to these goods or services.

  ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

  Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

  The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. Some of the securities in which we invest may be subject to market risk. This means that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the investment to fluctuate. To minimize this risk, we may maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and investments of short durations in a variety of securities, including commercial paper, money market funds, debt securities and certificates of deposit. The risk associated with fluctuating interest rates is limited to our investment portfolio and we do not believe that a 10% change in interest rates would have a significantmaterial impact on our interest income.

  During the three years ended March 31, 20162018, 2017 and 2015,2016, we did not have any outstanding debt instruments other than equipment under capital leases and, therefore,which have fixed interest rates. Therefore, we were not exposed to market risk relating to interest rates for outstanding debt.

  Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

  We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the British Pound, causing both our revenue and our operating results to be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rates.

  4642

  ---

  Gains or losses from the translation of certain cash balances, accounts receivable balances and intercompany balances that are denominated in these currencies impact our net income (loss). A hypothetical decrease in all foreign currencies against the US dollar of 10 percent, would not result in a material foreign currency loss on foreign-denominated balances, at March 31, 2018. As our foreign operations expand, our results may be more impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which we do business.

  At this time, we do not, but we may in the future, enter into financial instruments to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk.

  ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

  INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

  	Page
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	4844
  Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2016 and 2015	4945
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2016	5046
  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2016	5147
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2016	5248
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2016	5349
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	5450

   

   

  4743

  ---

  REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

  The Board of Directors and Stockholders
  8x8, Inc.

  Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 8x8, Inc. (the Company),"Company") as of March 31, 20162018 and 2015, and2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2016. Our audits also included2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2)statements"). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2016,2018, based on criteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As discussedCommission (COSO).

  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, on May 29, 2015,all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company acquired DXI Group Limited ("DXI"). Foras of March 31, 2018 and 2017, and theconsolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the purposesthree years in the period ended March 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of assessingAmerica. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting management excluded DXI, whose financial statements constitute 1% of the Company's consolidated total assets (excluding $20.4 million of goodwill and intangible assets, net, which were integrated into the Company's control environment) and 5% of consolidated net revenues as of and for the year ended March 31, 2016, respectively. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting of DXI. 2018, based on criteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

  Basis for Opinions

  The Company's management is responsible for these consolidatedtheseconsolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanyingManagement's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company's consolidated financial statements and schedule and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

  Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures to respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessingstatements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, andas well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement presentation.statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also includeincluded performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

  Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

  A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

  Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 8x8, Inc., as of March 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also in our opinion, 8x8, Inc., maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2016, based on criteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

  /s/ Moss Adams LLP

  San Francisco, California
  May 31, 201630, 2018

  49We have served as the Company's auditor since 2009.

  44

  ---

  8X8, INC.
  CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

  			March 31,						March 31,
  			2016			2015			2018			2017
  ASSETS
  Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents		$	33,576		$	53,110		$	31,703		$	41,030
  Short-term investments			129,274			123,984			120,559			133,959
  Accounts receivable, net			11,070			6,642			16,296			14,264
  Inventory			520			704
  Deferred cost of goods sold			634			428
  Deferred tax asset			5,382			4,454
  Other current assets			5,444			2,274			10,040			8,101
  Total current assets			185,900			191,596			178,598			197,354
  Property and equipment, net			12,375			10,248			35,732			24,061
  Intangible assets, net			21,464			12,260			11,958			17,038
  Goodwill			47,420			36,887			40,054			46,136
  Non-current deferred tax asset			43,189			43,169			-			48,859
  Restricted cash									8,100			-
  Other assets			3,104			1,464			2,767			407
  Total assets		$	313,452		$	295,624		$	277,209		$	333,855
  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable		$	10,954		$	7,775		$	23,899		$	18,631
  Accrued compensation			10,063			5,741			17,412			11,508
  Accrued warranty			326			339
  Accrued taxes			5,200			2,800			6,367			5,354
  Accrued outside commissions			2,186			442
  Deferred revenue			1,925			1,768			2,559			2,144
  Other accrued liabilities			4,080			2,965			6,026			5,707
  Total current liabilities			34,734			21,830			56,263			43,344
  Non-current liabilities			3,258			1,352			2,153			1,850
  Non-current deferred revenue			154			231			19			60
  Total liabilities			38,146			23,413			58,435			45,254
  Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
  Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)
  Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
  Authorized: 5,000,000 shares;
  Issued and outstanding: no shares at March 31, 2016 and 2015			-			-
  Issued and outstanding: no shares at March 31, 2018 and 2017									-			-
  Common stock, $0.001 par value:
  Authorized: 200,000,000 shares;
  Issued and outstanding: 89,213,205 shares and 88,065,528 shares
  at March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively			89			88
  Issued and outstanding: 92,847,354 shares and 91,500,091 shares
  at March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively									93			91
  Additional paid-in capital			389,260			378,971			425,790			412,762
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(4,184)			(2,109)			(5,645)			(9,642)
  Accumulated deficit			(109,859)			(104,739)			(201,464)			(114,610)
  Total stockholders' equity			275,306			272,211			218,774			288,601
  Total liabilities and stockholders' equity		$	313,452		$	295,624		$	277,209		$	333,855

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  4945

  ---

  8X8, INC.
  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

  			Years Ended March 31,									Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014			2018			2017			2016
  Service revenue		$	192,241		$	148,208		$	116,607		$	280,430		$	235,816		$	192,241
  Product revenue			17,095			14,205			11,990			16,070			17,572			17,095
  Total revenue			209,336			162,413			128,597			296,500			253,388			209,336
  Operating expenses:
  Cost of service revenue			37,078			29,701			22,445			50,689			42,400			37,078
  Cost of product revenue			20,168			15,863			15,170			20,482			19,714			20,168
  Research and development			24,040			15,118			11,633			34,797			27,452			24,040
  Sales and marketing			109,379			80,667			60,906			184,044			139,277			109,379
  General and administrative			25,745			18,182			15,368			38,915			31,214			25,745
  Gain on patent sale			-			(1,000)			-
  Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and equipment												9,469			-			-
  Total operating expenses			216,410			158,531			125,522			338,396			260,057			216,410
  Income (loss) from operations			(7,074)			3,882			3,075
  Loss from operations												(41,896)			(6,669)			(7,074)
  Other income, net			1,107			833			742			3,693			1,792			1,107
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before
  provision (benefit) for income taxes			(5,967)			4,715			3,817
  Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes												(38,203)			(4,877)			(5,967)
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes			(847)			2,789			2,219			66,294			(126)			(847)
  Income (loss) from continuing operations			(5,120)			1,926			1,598
  Income from discontinued operations,
  net of income tax provision			-			-			320
  Gain on disposal of discontinued operations,
  net of income tax provision of $456			-			-			596
  Net income (loss)		$	(5,120)		$	1,926		$	2,514
  Net loss											$	(104,497)		$	(4,751)		$	(5,120)
  Income (loss) per share - continuing operations:
  Basic		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.02
  Diluted		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.02
  Income per share - discontinued operations:
  Basic		$	0.00		$	0.00		$	0.01
  Diluted		$	0.00		$	0.00		$	0.01
  Net income (loss) per share:
  Net loss per share:
  Basic		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.03		$	(1.14)		$	(0.05)		$	(0.06)
  Diluted		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.03		$	(1.14)		$	(0.05)		$	(0.06)
  Weighted average number of shares:
  Basic			88,477			89,071			78,310			92,017			90,340			88,477
  Diluted			88,477			91,652			81,658			92,017			90,340			88,477

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  5046

  ---

  8X8, INC.
  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
  (IN THOUSANDS)

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014
  Net income (loss)		$	(5,120)		$	1,926		$	2,514
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
  Unrealized loss on investments in securities			(50)			(26)			(41)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment			(2,025)			(2,513)			507
  Comprehensive income (loss)		$	(7,195)		$	(613)		$	2,980

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2018			2017			2016
  Net loss		$	(104,497)		$	(4,751)		$	(5,120)
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
  Unrealized gains (losses) on investments in securities			(259)			70			(50)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment			4,256			(5,528)			(2,025)
  Comprehensive loss		$	(100,500)		$	(10,209)		$	(7,195)

   

   

   

   

   

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  5147

  ---

  8X8, INC.
  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARES)

  												Accumulated																		Accumulated
  									Additional			Other															Additional			Other
  			Common Stock						Paid-in			Comprehensive			Accumulated						Common Stock						Paid-in			Comprehensive			Accumulated
  			Shares			Amount			Capital			Income (Loss)			Deficit			Total			Shares			Amount			Capital			Income (Loss)			Deficit			Total
  Balance at March 31, 2013			72,108,980		$	72		$	246,176		$	(36)		$	(109,179)		$	137,033
  Issuance of common stock, net of
  issuance costs			14,375,000			14			125,736			-			-			125,750
  Issuance of common stock under
  stock plans			2,091,435			2			5,165			-			-			5,167
  Repurchase of common stock			(50,400)			-			(489)			-			-			(489)
  Stock-based compensation expense			-			-			7,595			-			-			7,595
  Income tax benefit from stock-
  based compensation			-			-			142			-			-			142
  Unrealized investment loss			-			-			-			(41)			-			(41)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment			-			-			-			507			-			507
  Net income			-			-			-			-			2,514			2,514
  Balance at March 31, 2014			88,525,015			88			384,325			430			(106,665)			278,178
  Issuance of common stock under
  stock plans			2,043,781			2			4,525			-			-			4,527
  Cost of issuance of common stock									(8)									(8)
  Repurchase of common stock			(2,503,268)			(2)			(19,369)			-			-			(19,371)
  Stock-based compensation expense			-			-			9,347			-			-			9,347
  Income tax benefit from stock-
  based compensation			-			-			151			-			-			151
  Unrealized investment loss			-			-			-			(26)			-			(26)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment			-			-			-			(2,513)			-			(2,513)
  Net income			-			-			-			-			1,926			1,926
  Balance at March 31, 2015			88,065,528			88			378,971			(2,109)			(104,739)			272,211			88,065,528		$	88		$	378,971		$	(2,109)		$	(104,739)		$	272,211
  Issuance of common stock under
  stock plans			2,218,470			2			5,386			-			-			5,388			2,218,470			2			5,386			-			-			5,388
  Cost of issuance of common stock									(3)									(3)
  Withholding taxes from stock plans																					(30,702)			-			(466)			-			-			(466)
  Repurchase of common stock			(1,422,837)			(1)			(11,652)			-			-			(11,653)			(1,392,135)			(1)			(11,189)			-			-			(11,190)
  Stock-based compensation expense			-			-			16,334			-			-			16,334			-			-			16,334			-			-			16,334
  Issuance of common stock for
  acquisition of DXI			352,044			-			-			-			-			-			352,044			-			-			-			-			-
  Income tax benefit from stock-
  based compensation			-			-			224			-			-			224			-			-			224			-			-			224
  Unrealized investment loss			-			-			-			(50)			-			(50)
  Unrealized investment gain (loss)																					-			-			-			(50)			-			(50)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment			-			-			-			(2,025)			-			(2,025)			-			-			-			(2,025)			-			(2,025)
  Net loss			-			-			-			-			(5,120)			(5,120)			-			-			-			-			(5,120)			(5,120)
  Balance at March 31, 2016			89,213,205		$	89		$	389,260		$	(4,184)		$	(109,859)		$	275,306			89,213,205			89			389,260			(4,184)			(109,859)			275,306
  Issuance of common stock under
  stock plans																					2,576,785			3			4,557			-			-			4,560
  Withholding taxes from stock plans																					(289,899)			(1)			(3,003)			-			-			(3,004)
  Stock-based compensation expense																					-			-			21,462			-			-			21,462
  Income tax benefit from stock-
  based compensation																					-			-			486			-			-			486
  Unrealized investment gain (loss)																					-			-			-			70			-			70
  Foreign currency translation adjustment																					-			-			-			(5,528)			-			(5,528)
  Net loss																					-			-			-			-			(4,751)			(4,751)
  Balance at March 31, 2017																					91,500,091			91			412,762			(9,642)			(114,610)			288,601
  Issuance of common stock under
  stock plans, less withholding taxes																					2,709,990			3			2,179			-			-			2,182
  Repurchase of common stock																					(1,362,727)			(1)			(17,933)			-			-			(17,934)
  Stock-based compensation expense																											28,782			-			-			28,782
  Unrealized investment gain (loss)																					-			-			-			(259)			-			(259)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment																					-			-			-			4,256			-			4,256
  Adjustment from adoption of ASU 2016-9																					-			-			-			-			17,643			17,643
  Net loss																					-			-			-			-			(104,497)			(104,497)
  Balance at March 31, 2018																					92,847,354		$	93		$	425,790		$	(5,645)		$	(201,464)		$	218,774

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  5248

  ---

  8X8, INC.
  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
  (IN THOUSANDS)

  			Years Ended March 31,									Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014			2018			2017			2016
  Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)		$	(5,120)		$	1,926		$	2,514
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
  Net loss											$	(104,497)		$	(4,751)		$	(5,120)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Depreciation			4,994			3,540			2,567			8,171			6,084			4,994
  Amortization of intangibles			3,557			2,232			1,643			5,033			3,762			3,557
  Impairment of long-lived assets			640			-			-
  Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets												9,469			15			640
  Amortization of capitalized software			456			341			147			2,513			591			456
  Net accretion of discount and amortization of
  premium on marketable securities			740			896			114
  Gain on disposal of discontinued operations			-			-			(596)
  Gain on escrow settlement			-			-			(565)
  Stock-based compensation expense			16,334			9,347			7,595			29,176			21,462			16,334
  Tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense			(224)			(151)			(142)			-			(486)			(224)
  Deferred income tax (benefit) expense			(1,493)			2,390			2,266
  Deferred income tax expense (benefit)												66,273			(411)			(1,493)
  Gain on escrow settlement												(1,393)			-			-
  Other			533			256			650			677			1,196			1,273
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable			(4,539)			(1,529)			(1,575)			(2,402)			(4,799)			(4,539)
  Inventory			136			52			(276)
  Other current and noncurrent assets			(1,432)			(196)			(488)			(3,149)			(2,515)			(1,520)
  Deferred cost of goods sold			(224)			(207)			163
  Accounts payable			2,473			610			(1,237)
  Accrued compensation			3,566			1,632			488
  Accrued warranty			(13)			(321)			208
  Accrued taxes			2,292			490			276
  Accrued outside commissions			1,744			(5)			202
  Accounts payable and accruals												11,860			8,135			9,482
  Deferred revenue			(273)			(1,065)			681			310			195			(273)
  Other current and noncurrent liabilities			(580)			1,002			282
  Net cash provided by operating activities			23,567			21,240			14,917			22,041			28,478			23,567
  Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisitions of property and equipment			(4,894)			(5,826)			(2,853)
  Purchases of property and equipment												(9,178)			(8,851)			(4,894)
  Cost of capitalized software			(2,095)			(724)			(755)			(12,486)			(5,516)			(2,095)
  Purchase of investments - available for sale			(126,723)			(106,021)			(141,604)
  Sales of investments - available for sale			56,302			36,764			24,219
  Proceeds from maturities of investments - available for sale			64,361			63,546			-
  Proceeds from escrow settlement												1,393			-			-
  Purchase of investments												(115,224)			(140,026)			(126,723)
  Sales of investments												27,841			41,288			56,302
  Proceeds from maturities of investments												100,382			93,795			64,361
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired			(23,246)			-			(18,474)			-			(2,884)			(23,246)
  Proceeds from disposition of discontinued operations, net of transaction costs			-			-			3,000
  Net cash used in investing activities			(36,295)			(12,261)			(136,467)			(7,272)			(22,194)			(36,295)
  Cash flows from financing activities:
  Capital lease payments			(446)			(149)			(85)			(1,079)			(674)			(446)
  Payment of contingent consideration			(200)			-			-			(150)			(300)			(200)
  Repurchase of common stock			(11,653)			(19,371)			(489)
  Repurchase of common stock, including for withholding taxes												(22,440)			(3,003)			(11,653)
  Tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense			224			151			142			-			486			224
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs			-			-			125,750
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock plans			4,827			4,455			5,167			7,229			5,087			4,827
  Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities			(7,248)			(14,914)			130,485			(16,440)			1,596			(7,248)
  Effect of exchange rate changes on cash			442			(114)			(81)			444			(426)			442
  Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents			(19,534)			(6,049)			8,854			(1,227)			7,454			(19,534)
  Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year			53,110			59,159			50,305
  Cash and cash equivalents, end of year		$	33,576		$	53,110		$	59,159
  Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year												41,030			33,576			53,110
  Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year											$	39,803		$	41,030		$	33,576
  Supplemental and non-cash disclosures:
  Acquisition of property and equipment, net in connection with
  acquisitions of businesses		$	1,453		$	-		$	956		$	-		$	-		$	1,453
  Acquisition of capital lease in connection with acquisitions of businesses			1,332			-			216			-			-			1,332
  Equipment acquired under capital leases			573			-			-			765			1,152			573
  Cash paid for interest			44			5			5
  Cash paid for income taxes			445			159			427
  Interest paid												36			16			44
  Income taxes paid												38			460			445

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  5349

  ---

  8X8, INC.
  
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  1. THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  THE COMPANY

  8x8, Inc. ("8x8" or the "Company") was incorporated in California in February 1987 and was reincorporated in Delaware in December 1996.

  The Company is a leading provider of cloud-based, enterprise-class softwareenterprise cloud communications solutions, that transformincluding unified communications, team collaboration, contact center, and analytics, integrated over a single Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) platform. The 8x8 Communications Cloud^TM offers businesses a secure, reliable and simplified approach to transitioning their legacy, on-premises communications systems to the way businesses communicatecloud. This comprehensive solution, built from owned and collaborate globally. The Company's comprehensive software platform brings together the power ofmanaged cloud mobile, collaboration, video and data science technologies, enables customers to enhance the way employees communicate with each other, and how they connect and interact with their customers. The Company's integrated, "pure-cloud" offering combines global voice, conferencing, messaging and video with integrated workflows and big data analyticsrely on a single platformprovider for their global communications and contact center capabilities as well as customer support requirements. 8x8 customers are spread across more than 100 countries and range from small businesses to enable increased team productivity, better customer engagement and real-time insights into business performance.large enterprises. Since fiscal 2004, substantially all of our revenue has been generated from the sale license and provision of communications services.services and related hardware. Prior to fiscal 2003, our focusthe Company's main business was on our Voice over Internet Protocol semiconductor business.semiconductors.

  The Company's fiscal year ends on March 31 of each calendar year. Each reference to a fiscal year in these notes to the consolidated financial statements refers to the fiscal year ended March 31 of the calendar year indicated (for example, fiscal 20162018 refers to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016)2018).

  Common Stock Offering

  In November 2013, the Company completed an underwritten registered offering of common stock in which it sold 14,375,000 shares for total cash proceeds of approximately $125.8 million, net of issuance costs of $0.6 million. The shares issued in the offering had been registered under a shelf registration statement previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to up to $250,000,000 of the Company's securities. A member of the Company's board of directors participated in the offering and purchased 30,000 shares at the public offering price.

  Acquisitions

  In November 2013, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders and option holders of Voicenet Solutions Limited, a provider of cloud communications and collaboration services in the United Kingdom.

  In May 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited, API Telecom Limited, Easycallnow Limited and RAS Telecom Limited, a provider of in cloud-based outbound and blended contact center solutions,

  In June 2015, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with the shareholder of Quality Software Corporation and other parties affiliated with the shareholder and Quality Software Corporation, a developer of cloud-native quality management capabilities and analytics.

  See Note 13 for further discussion.

  Reclassification

  Certain amounts previously reported within the Company's consolidated balance sheets and statements of cash flows have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassification had no impact on the Company's previously reported net income (loss), cash flows, or basic or diluted net income per share amounts.

  PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 8x8 and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

  54Reclassification

  ---

  Certain software development costs capitalized in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software (ASC 350-40), that were presented in other long-term assets in the Company's consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2017 are presented as property and equipment for the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018. Assets in the amount of $7.7 million, net of accumulated amortization, have been reclassified in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2017 to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassification had no impact on the Company's previously reported consolidated net income (loss), cash flows, or basic or diluted net income per share amounts.

  Certain amounts previously reported within the Company's consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows have been reclassified within each financial statement section to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassification had no impact on the Company's previously reported net loss, cash flows, or basic or diluted net loss per share amounts.

  USE OF ESTIMATES

  The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-goingongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including, but not limited to, those related to bad debts, returns reserve for expected cancellations, valuation of inventories, income and sales tax, and litigation and other contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and equity that are not readily apparent from other sources.assumptions. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

  50

  ---

  REVENUE RECOGNITION

  Service and Product Revenue

  The Company recognizes service revenue, mainly from subscription services to its cloud-based voice, call center, video and collaboration solutions, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company defers recognition of service revenues in instances when cash receipts are received before services are delivered and recognizes deferred revenues ratably, over the course of the contract, as services are provided.

  Under the terms of the Company's typical subscription agreements, new customers can terminate their service within 30 days of order placement and receive a full refund of fees previously paid. The Company has determined that it has sufficient history of subscriber conduct to make a reasonable estimate of cancellations within the 30-day trial period. Therefore, the Company recognizes new subscriber revenue that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables in the month in which the new order was shipped, net of an allowance for expected cancellations. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales, mainly IP telephones, for which there are no related services to be rendered upon shipment to customers provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, title has transferred, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, there are no customer acceptance requirements, and there are no remaining significant obligations. Gross outbound shipping and handling charges are recorded as revenue, and the related costs are included in cost of goods sold. Reserves for returns and allowances for customer sales are recorded at the time of shipment. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605,Revenue Recognition, the Company records shipments to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers, where the right of return exists, as deferred revenue. The Company defers recognition of revenue on product sales to distributors, retailers, channel partners, and resellers until the products have been sold to the end customer.end-customer.

  The Company records revenue net of any sales and service related taxes and mandatory government charges that are billed to its customers. The Company believes this approach results in consolidated financial statements that are more easily understood by users.

  Under the terms of the Company's typical subscription agreement, new customers can terminate their service within 30 days of order placement and receive a full refund of fees previously paid. The Company has determined that it has sufficient history of subscriber conduct to make a reasonable estimate of cancellations within the 30-day trial period. Therefore, the Company recognizes new subscriber revenue that is fixed or determinable and that are not contingent on future performance or future deliverables in the month in which the new order was shipped, net of an allowance for expected cancellations.

  Multiple Element Arrangements

  ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements, requires that revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables be divided into separate units of accounting if the deliverables in the arrangement meet specific criteria. The provisioning of the 8x8 cloud service with the accompanying 8x8 IP telephone constitutes a revenue arrangement with multiple deliverables. For arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company allocates the arrangement consideration to all units of accounting based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the relative selling price to be used for allocating arrangement consideration to units of accounting as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE"), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price ("TPE"), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price ("BESP").

  VSOE generally exists only when thea Company sells the deliverable separately, on more than a limited basis, at prices within a relatively narrow range.  When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to establish the selling price of deliverables based on relevant TPE. TPE is determined based on manufacturer's prices for similar deliverables when sold separately, when possible. WhenAs the Company ishas historically been unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, it uses a BESP for the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service was sold

  55

  ---

  on a stand-alone basis. BESP is generally used for offerings that are not typically sold on a stand-alone basis or for new or highly customized offerings. The Company determines BESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to:

  • the price list established by its management which is typically based on general pricing practices and targeted gross margin of products and services sold; and
  • analysis of pricing history of new arrangements, including multiple element and stand-alone transactions.

  In accordance with the guidance of ASC 605-25, when the Company enters into revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables the Company allocates arrangement consideration, including activation fees, among the 8x8 IP telephonesproducts and subscriber services based on their relative selling prices. Arrangement consideration allocated to the IP telephonessold products that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized as product revenues during the period of the sale less the allowance for estimated returns during the 30-day trial period. Arrangement consideration allocated to subscriber services that is fixed or determinable and that is not contingent on future performance or future deliverables is recognized ratably as service revenues as the related services are provided, which is generally over the initial contract term.

  DEFERRED COST OF GOODS SOLD51

  Deferred cost of goods sold represents the cost of products sold for which the end customer or distributor has a right of return. The cost of the products sold is recognized contemporaneously with the recognition of revenue, when the subscriber has accepted the service.

  ---

  CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

  The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Management determines the appropriate categorization of its investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates the classification at each reporting date. The cost of the Company's investments is determined based upon specific identification.

  The Company's investments are comprised of mutual funds, commercial paper, corporate debt, municipal securities, asset backed securities, mortgage backed securities, agency bonds, international government securities, certificates of deposit and money market funds. At March 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, all investments were classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value, based either upon quoted prices in active markets, quoted prices in less active markets, or quoted market prices for similar investments, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax, if any, included in other comprehensive income (loss) and disclosed as a separate component of consolidated stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of all such investments are reported within the caption of other income net in the consolidated statements of operations and computed using the specific identification method. The Company classifies its investments as current based on the nature of the investments and their availability for use in current operations. The Company's investments in marketable securities are monitored on a periodic basis for impairment. In the event that the carrying value of an investment exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis for the investment is established. These available-for-sale investments are primarily held in the custody of aone major financial institution.

  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ALLOWANCE

  The Company estimates the amount of uncollectible accounts receivable at the end of each reporting period based on the aging of the receivable balance, current and historical customer trends, and communications with its customers.  Amounts are written off only after considerable collection efforts have been made and the amounts are determined to be uncollectible.

  INVENTORY

  Inventory is stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates actual cost using the first-in, first-out method, or market. Any write-down of inventory to the lower of cost or market at the close of a fiscal period creates a new cost basis that subsequently would not be marked up based on changes in underlying facts and circumstances. On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates inventory for obsolescence and slow-moving items. This evaluation includes analysis of sales levels, sales projections, and purchases by item, as well as raw material usage related to the Company's manufacturing facilities. If the Company's review indicates a reduction in utility below carrying value, it reduces inventory to a new cost basis. If future demand or market conditions are different than the Company's current estimates, an inventory adjustment may be required, and would be reflected in cost of goods sold in the period the revision is made.

  56

  ---

  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

  Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives of three years are used for equipment, software and software development costs and five years for furniture and fixtures. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the shorter of the remaining facility lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements.

  Maintenance, repairs and ordinary replacements are charged to expense. Expenditures for improvements that extend the physical or economic life of the property are capitalized. Gains or losses on the disposition of property and equipment are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

  Construction in progress primarily relates to costs to acquire or internally develop software for internal use not fully completed as of March 31, 2016.2018.

  ACCOUNTING FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS

  The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, definite lived intangibles or capitalized software, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Examples of such events could include a significant disposal of a portion of such assets, an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the related asset or a significant change in the operation or use of an asset. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company's ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset or asset group, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets.assets and asset groups through future cash flows. See Note 54 for further discussion on impairment charges incurred as of March 31, 2016.incurred.

  52

  ---

  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

  Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Goodwill represents the excess fair value of consideration transferred over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. The carrying value of goodwillGoodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested annually for impairment and more often if there is an indicator of impairment. The Company has determined that it has twothree reporting units and allocates goodwill to the reporting units for the purposes of theits annual test for impairment.impairment test.

  The Company's annual goodwill impairment test is performed on January 1 each year. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in the periods presented.

  Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods benefited. Amortization expense for the customer relationship intangible asset is included in sales and marketing expenses. Amortization expense for technology is included in cost of service revenue.

  WARRANTY EXPENSE

  The Company accrues for estimated product warranty cost upon revenue recognition. Accruals for product warranties are calculated based on the Company's historical warranty experience adjusted for any specific requirements.

  RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT AND SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

  The Company accounts for software to be sold or otherwise marketed in accordance with ASC 985-20,Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed (ASC 985-20) which requires capitalization of certain software development costs subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility. The Company defines establishment of technological feasibility as the completion of a working model. Software development costs for software to be sold or otherwise marketed incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility are included in research and development and are expensed as incurred. Software development costs incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility through the period of general market availability of the product are capitalized, if material.

  In fiscal 2016 and 2015, the Company capitalized approximately $0 of software development costs in accordance with ASC 985-20. At March 31, 2016 and 2015, total capitalized software development costs included in other long-term assets was approximately $0 and $1.0 million, respectively, and accumulated amortization costs related to capitalized software was approximately $0 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

  57

  ---

  The Company accounts for computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40,Internal UseInternal-Use Software (ASC 350-40), which requires capitalization of certain software development costs incurredis capitalized during the application development stage. In fiscal 2016,accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company capitalized $3.4 millionbegins to capitalize costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Once the project has been completed, these costs are amortized on a straight - line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to be three years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded in accordanceresearch and development expense on our consolidated statements of operations. The Company classifies software development costs associated with ASC 350-40,the development of which $0.8 million is classifiedthe Company's products and services as property and equipment and $2.1 million is classified as other long-term assets. In fiscal 2015, the Company capitalized $1.5 million in accordance with ASC 350-40, of which $0.8 million is classified as property and equipment and $0.7 million is classified as other long-term assets. At March 31, 2016, total capitalized software development costs included in property and equipment and other long-term assets was approximately $1.2 and $2.5 million, respectively, and accumulated amortization costs related to capitalized software was approximately $0.2 million and $0, respectively.equipment. See Note 3 for further details.

  ADVERTISING COSTS

  Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $8.5$14.5 million, $6.8$9.5 million and $7.3$8.5 million for the years ended March 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, respectively.

  FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

  The Company has determined that the functional currenciescurrency of alleach of its foreign subsidiaries are the subsidiary's local currency. The Company believes this most appropriately reflects the current economic facts and circumstances of the Company's subsidiariessubsidiaries' operations. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are translated at the applicable exchange rate as of the end of the balance sheet period and revenue and expenses are translated at an average rate over the period presented. Resulting currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss within the stockholder's equity in the consolidated balance sheets.equity.

  BUSINESS SEGMENTS

  The Company has two reportable segments, Americas and Europe. The Americas segment is primarily North America. The Europe segment is primarily the United Kingdom. Each operating segment provides similar products and services.

  The Company's chief operating decision makers, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Technology Officer, evaluate performance of the Company and makes decisions regarding allocation of resources based on geographical results (see Note 12).

  SUBSCRIBER ACQUISITION COSTSresults.

  Subscriber acquisition costs53

  ---

  The Company's CODMs evaluate the performance of its operating segments based on revenues and net income. The Company does not allocate research and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative, amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, and commitment and contingencies for each segment as management does not consider this information in its evaluation of the performance of each operating segment. Revenues are expensed as incurred and include the advertising, marketing, promotions, commissions, rebates and equipment subsidy costs associated with the Company's efforts to acquire new subscribers.

  INCOME TAXES

  Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability approach. Under the asset and liability approach, a current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the current year. A deferred tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributed to temporary differences and carryforwards. If necessary, the deferred tax assets are reduced by the amount of benefits that,each segment based on available evidence, is more likely than not expectedthe ordering location of the customer or ship to be realized.location.

  CONCENTRATIONS

  Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company has cash equivalents and investment policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution and restrict placement of these funds to financial institutions evaluated as highly credit-worthy. The Company has not experienced any material losses relating to its investment instruments.investments.

  The Company sells its products to business customers and distributors. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral from its customers. At March 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, no customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.

  The Company purchases all of its hardware products from suppliers that manufacturer the hardware directly. The inability of any supplier to fulfill supply requirements of the Company could materially impact future operating results, financial position or cash flows. If any of these suppliers fail to perform on their obligations to the Company, such failure to fulfill supply requirements of the Company could materially impact future operating results, financial position and cash flows.

  58

  ---

  The Company also relies primarily on third partythird-party network service providers to provide telephone numbers and PSTN call termination and origination services for its customers. If these service providers failed to perform their obligations to the Company, such failure could materially impact future operating results, financial position and cash flows.

  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

  The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal market or the most advantageous market in which it would transact.

  The accounting guidance for fair value measurement requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company's assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

  The standard establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

  • Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
  • Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets).
  • Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which fair value is derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable, including the Company's own assumptions.

  54

  ---

  The estimated fair value of financial instruments is determined by the Company using available market information and valuation methodologies considered to be appropriate. The carrying amounts of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The Company's investments are carried at fair value.

  ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

  The Company accounts for its employee stock options and other stock purchase rights, restricted stock units and restricted performance stock units granted under the 1996 Stock Plan, 1996 Director Option Plan, the 2006 Stock Plan, the 2003 Contactual Plan, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan and stock purchase rights under the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (collectively "Equity Compensation Plans")awards under the provisions of ASC 718 -Stock Compensation. Under the provisions of ASC 718, stock-basedStock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant), net of estimated forfeitures.

  To value option grants stock purchase rights and restricted stock units under the Equity Compensation Plans for stock-based compensation the Company useduses the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model varies based on assumptions used for the expected stock prices volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rates and future dividend payments. For fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, theThe Company used the historical volatility of its stock over a period equal to the expected life of the options. The expected life assumptions represent the weighted-average period stock-based awards are expecting to remain outstanding. These expected life assumptions were established through the review of historical exercise behavior of stock-based award grants with similar vesting periods. The risk-free interest isrates were based on the closing market bid yields onof actively traded U.S. treasury securities in the over-the-counter market for the expected term equal to the expected term of the option. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company's history and expectation of

  59

  ---

  future dividend payout. Compensation expense for stock-based payment awards is recognized using the straight-line single-option method and includes the impact of estimated forfeitures.not paying dividends.

  The Company issued restricted performance stock units (PSUs) to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016:2018:

  • These PSUs vest (1) 50% on September 22, 201719, 2019 and (2) 50% on September 27, 2018,19, 2020, in each case subject to the performance of the Company's common stock relative to the Russell 2000 Index (the benchmark) during the period from grant date through such vesting date. A 2x multiplier will be applied to the total shareholder returns (TSR) for each 1% of positive or negative relative TSR, and the number of shares earned will increase or decrease at the end of each respective performance measurement period by 2% of the target numbers. In the event the Company's common stock performance is below negative 30% relative to the benchmark, no shares will be issued.

  The Company issued PSUs to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017:

  • These PSUs vest (1) 50% on September 22, 2018 and (2) 50% on September 27, 2019, in each case subject to the performance of the Company's common stock relative to the Russell 2000 Index (the benchmark) during the period from grant date through such vesting date. A 2x multiplier will be applied to the total shareholder returns (TSR) for each 1% of positive or negative relative TSR, and the number of shares earned will increase or decrease by 2% of the target numbers. In the event 8x8'sthe Company's common stock performance is below negative 30%, relative to the benchmark, no shares will be issued.

  TheTo value these market-based PSUs under the Equity Compensation Plans, the Company issued restricted (PSUs) to a group of executives with vesting that is contingent on both market performance and continued service. For the market-based restricted performance stock units issued during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015:

  • the number of shares of the Company's stock to be received at vesting if applicable service requirements are also met will range from 0% to 100% of the target amount based total shareholder return ("TSR"), which compares the performance of the price per share of the Company's common stock with the NASDAQ Composite Index ("Index") for the three performance periods ending March 31, 2016, March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015; and for the three performance periods ending March 31, 2015, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, in the following manner: where in each such measurement period, (1) if the performance return on the price per share of the Company's common stock exceeds the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, (which shall be determined by subtracting the percentage return on the NASDAQ Composite Index from the percentage return on the price per share of the Common Stock), then all of the TSR Performance Shares for such measurement period will be deemed earned and will vest; (2) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is more than 50% lower than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then none of the TSR Performance Shares for such measurement period will be deemed earned and will vest; and (3) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is between 0% and 50% lower than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then the number of TSR Performance Shares deemed earned and vesting for such measurement period will be reduced by 2% for each 1% by which the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index exceeds the performance return on the Common Stock, (4) if the performance return on the price per share of Common Stock is between 0% and 50% higher than the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, then the number of TSR Performance Shares deemed earned and vesting for such measurement period will increase by 2% for each 1% by which the performance return on the Common Stock exceeds the performance return on the NASDAQ Composite Index, and
  • the number of shares of the Company's stock to be received at vesting will range from 0% or 100% of the target amount based on four tranches, with each tranche vesting at the later of (a) the satisfaction of the applicable service-based vesting requirement for that tranche, and (b) on the first date that the average stock price of the Company's common stock for a consecutive 30 trading day period exceeds 150% of the grant date stock price. The minimum service vesting requirement for each tranche is as follows:

  Tranche 1: One year following the date of the grant

  Tranche 2: Two years following the date of the grant

  Tranche 3: Three years following the date of the grant

  Tranche 4: Four years following the date of the grant

  Market-based restricted performance stock units are valued usingused a Monte Carlo simulation model on the date of grant. Fair value determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model varies based on the assumptions used for the expected stock price volatility, the correlation coefficient between the Company and the NASDAQ Composite Index, risk-free interest rates, and future dividend payments.

  In October 2013, the board of directors approved the modification of unvested stock options to purchase 74,479 shares of common stock and unvested stock purchase rights totaling 37,000 shares of common stock held by the Company's president upon his resignation. The options held by the Company's president upon his resignation, taken as a whole, had a weighted average exercise price of $4.05 per share and range from $2.72 to $5.87 per share, and a weighted average remaining vesting term of 0.5 years. Approximately $1.1 million of the $7.6 million of stock-based compensation charge in fiscal year 2014 applied to the options held by the former president of the Company and was recorded in general and administrative expenses.

  60

  ---

  COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

  Comprehensive income (loss), as defined, includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources.period. The difference between net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) income is due to foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on investments classified as available-for-sale.

  55

  ---

  NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

  Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders (numerator) by the weighted average number of vested, unrestricted common shares outstanding during the period (denominator). Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method.method unless their effect is anti-dilutive. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options and employee restricted purchase rights.

  DEFERRED RENT

  In April 2012, theThe Company entered into an 87-month lease agreement for its new headquarters. Under the terms of the lease agreement:

  • the Company received a three month rent holiday from rental payments;
  • base rent is $130,821 for the 15 months after the rent holiday; and
  • rent expense increases 3% each year thereafter.

  In the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company received a $1.7 million allowance for reimbursement for the cost of tenant improvements that the Company included in cash flows from operating activities. In accordance with the guidance in ASC 840-20,Leases, the Company accounts for its headquarters facility operating lease as follows:

  Rent Holidays.The Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis atfor all operating lease arrangements with the earlier of the first rent payment or the date of possession of the leased property. The difference between the amounts charged torequired lease payments and rent expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentivesrent. The difference results from rent holidays, rent escalations and tenant improvement allowances, which are amortized over the lease term.

  Rent Escalations.The Company recognizes escalating rent provisions on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

  Tenant Improvement Allowance. The tenant improvement allowance is deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as a reduction to rent expense.

  In January 2016, the Company entered into a 48-month lease for additional office space near the Company's US headquarters. In April 2016, the lease was amended for actual move in date. Base rent begins at $105,628 and increases 3% each year thereafter. Future minimum annual lease payments under this lease is included in "Leases" in Note 7.

  At March 31, 2016, total deferred rent included in other accrued liabilities and non-current liabilities was $0.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively. At March 31, 2015, total deferred rent included in other accrued liabilities and non-current liabilities was $0.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

  RECENTRECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

  In April 2014,November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-08, PresentationNo. 2015-17,Income Taxes - Balance Sheet Classification of Financial StatementsDeferred Taxes (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity. This ASU changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in FASB ASU 205-20, such that a disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity is required to be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results.740). This ASU requires all deferred tax liabilities and assets to be presented in the balance sheet as noncurrent. As permitted, the Company early adopted this standard prospectively during the quarter ended June 30, 2016. The adoption of this standard resulted in reclassifying current deferred income tax assets to noncurrent deferred income tax assets and current deferred income tax liabilities to noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted.

  In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. As a result of the adoption in fiscal year 2018, stock-based compensation excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies will be reflected in the consolidated statement of operations within the provision for income taxes.

  In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), which provides guidance on how restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The Company elected to early adopt this ASU for fiscal year 2018 and disclosed restricted cash in the amount of $8.1 million in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2018. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted.

  In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill but rather require an entity to present, for each comparative period,record an impairment charge based on the assets and liabilitiesexcess of a disposal group that includes a discontinued operation separately in the asset and liability sections, respectively, of the statement of financial position, as well as additional disclosures about discontinued operations. Additionally, the ASU requires disclosures about a disposal of an individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation in the financial statements and expands the disclosures about an entity's

  61

  ---

  significant continuing involvement with a discontinued operation. The accounting updatereporting unit's carrying value over its fair value. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014. We adopted this pronouncement for our fiscal year beginning April 1, 2015, and there was no effect on our consolidated financial statements.

  In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, (Topic 330), which amends the guidelines for the measurement of inventory. Under the amendments, an entity should measure inventory valued using a first-in, first-out or average cost method at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is defined as the estimated selling priceinterim goodwill impairment tests in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted.2019. The Company is currently assessing the impact ofelected to early adopt this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.ASU for fiscal year 2018. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted.

  RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

  In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Accounting Standards Codification 606 or ASC 606), which replaces numerous requirements in U.S. GAAP and provide companies with a single revenue recognition model for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. ASC 606 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existingcustomers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. It defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates are required within the revenue recognition guidance in U.S.process than are required under current GAAP when it becomes effective. (ASC 605).

  The new standard will become effective for the Company on April 1, 2018. The standard permits the use of either the full retrospective or cumulative effectmodified retrospective transition method. The Company hasadopted the new standard effective April 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. Under the retrospective method prior period financial information is not yet selectedrevised, but instead a transition method. Thecumulative impact is recorded on the day of adoption with a corresponding offset recorded to stockholder's equity.

  56

  ---

  Under the new standard, the Company is currently assessingexpects in some cases to recognize revenue earlier than under ASC 605 guidance when the impactcustomer receives services or equipment for a reduced consideration at the onset of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

  In September 2015,an arrangement, for example the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. Topic 805 requires an acquirer to retrospectively adjust provisional amounts recognized in a business combination during the measurement period. To simplify the accounting for adjustments made to provisional amounts, the amendment requires that the acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts thatinitial month's services or equipment are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amount is determined. The acquirer is required to also record, in the same period's financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any,discounted, as a result of the changeelimination of contingent revenue guidance. Under ASC 605 guidance, amounts allocated to delivered items are limited to amounts that are not contingent on the provision of future services. The impact of adopting the new standard on the Company's total revenues and deferred revenue is not expected to be material.

  With the adoption of ASC 606 the Company also adopted ASC 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs - Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a customer contract which, under the old guidance, were expensed as incurred. Under the new standard, the Company will defer all incremental sales commission costs and amortize them over the expected period of benefit, which is estimated to be five years. The amortization cost will be charged to sales and marketing costs on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company expects the cumulative impact of these deferred costs to be approximately $35 million to $40 million with a corresponding decrease to accumulated deficit as of April 1, 2018.

  There will not be any significant tax impact to the provisional amounts, calculated as ifCompany's consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheet relating to the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. In addition, an entity is required to present separately on the faceadoption of the income statement or disclose in the notesnew standard due to the financial statementsvaluation allowance recorded against to the portionCompany's deferred tax assets.

  The Company has established new accounting policies, is implementing processes, and implementing internal controls necessary to support the requirements of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date.

  The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not been issued. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

  In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, (Topic 740), which amends the current requirement for organizations to present deferred tax assets and liabilities as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. Under the amendment, an entity will be required to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent.

  This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.new standard.

  In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02,Leases (Topic 842),. Topic 842which requires companies to generally recognize on the balance sheet operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets. The update also requires qualitative and quantitative disclosures designed to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.  The update requires the use of a modified retrospective transition approach, which includes a number of optional practical expedients that entities may elect to apply.

  This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

  62

  ---

  In MarchJune 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09,No. 2016-13, CompensationFinancial Instruments - Stock CompensationCredit Losses (Topic 718)326): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments("ASU 2016-09"), which is intended to simplify several aspectsprovides guidance for measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the accountingreported amount. The amendment is effective for share-based payment transactions, includingfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the income tax consequences, classificationimpact of awards as either equity or liabilities,this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

  In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and classificationCash Payments, which provides guidance on how certain cash receipts and cash payments are to be presented and classified in the statement of cash flows.

  The This amendment is effective for annual periodsfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early applicationadoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

  In October 2016, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory, which provides guidance on how an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

  In January 2017, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement to its consolidated financial statements.

  57

  ---

  2. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

  Cash, cash equivalents, available-for-sale investments, and contingent consideration were (in thousands):

  						Gross			Gross						Cash and									Gross			Gross						Cash and
  			Amortized			Unrealized			Unrealized			Estimated			Cash			Short-Term			Amortized			Unrealized			Unrealized			Estimated			Cash			Short-Term
  As of March 31, 2016			Costs			Gain			Loss			Fair Value			Equivalents			Investments
  As of March 31, 2018																					Costs			Gain			Loss			Fair Value			Equivalents			Investments
  Cash		$	18,596		$	-		$	-		$	18,596		$	18,596		$	-		$	16,499		$	-		$	-		$	16,499		$	16,499		$	-
  Level 1:
  Money market funds			14,980			-			-			14,980			14,980			-			15,204			-			-			15,204			15,204			-
  Mutual funds			2,000			-			(187)			1,813			-			1,813
  Subtotal			35,576			-			(187)			35,389			33,576			1,813			31,703			-			-			31,703			31,703			-
  Level 2:
  Commercial paper			6,794			2			-			6,796			-			6,796			13,254			-			(8)			13,246			-			13,246
  Corporate debt			85,164			78			(28)			85,214			-			85,214			70,631			6			(296)			70,341			-			70,341
  Municipal securities			1,007			-			(1)			1,006			-			1,006			3,385			3			(1)			3,387			-			3,387
  Asset backed securities			24,614			7			(11)			24,610			-			24,610			27,063			1			(119)			26,945			-			26,945
  Mortgage backed securities			2,045			-			(17)			2,028			-			2,028
  Agency bond			6,805			1			-			6,806			-			6,806			4,183			-			(35)			4,148			-			4,148
  International government securities			1,000			1			-			1,001			-			1,001			2,497			-			(5)			2,492			-			2,492
  Subtotal			127,429			89			(57)			127,461			-			127,461			121,013			10			(464)			120,559			-			120,559
  Total assets		$	163,005		$	89		$	(244)		$	162,850		$	33,576		$	129,274		$	152,716		$	10		$	(464)		$	152,262		$	31,703		$	120,559
  Level 3:
  Contingent consideration		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	341		$	-		$	-
  Total liabilities		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	341		$	-		$	-

   

  						Gross			Gross						Cash and
  			Amortized			Unrealized			Unrealized			Estimated			Cash			Short-Term
  As of March 31, 2015			Costs			Gain			Loss			Fair Value			Equivalents			Investments
  Cash		$	24,734		$	-		$	-		$	24,734		$	24,734		$	-
  Level 1:
  Money market funds			28,376			-			-			28,376			28,376			-
  Mutual funds			2,000			-			(107)			1,893			-			1,893
  Subtotal			55,110			-			(107)			55,003			53,110			1,893
  Level 2:
  Commercial paper			9,043			1			-			9,044			-			9,044
  Corporate debt			75,284			57			(10)			75,331			-			75,331
  Municipal securities			5,435			2			(1)			5,436			-			5,436
  Asset backed securities			21,503			4			(5)			21,502			-			21,502
  Mortgage backed securities			5,822			-			(52)			5,770			-			5,770
  Agency bond			4,201			3			-			4,204			-			4,204
  International government securities			800			4			-			804			-			804
  Subtotal			122,088			71			(68)			122,091			-			122,091
  Total		$	177,198		$	71		$	(175)		$	177,094		$	53,110		$	123,984

  63

  ---

  						Gross			Gross						Cash and
  			Amortized			Unrealized			Unrealized			Estimated			Cash			Short-Term
  As of March 31, 2017			Costs			Gain			Loss			Fair Value			Equivalents			Investments
  Cash		$	29,122		$	-		$	-		$	29,122		$	29,122		$	-
  Level 1:
  Money market funds			11,908			-			-			11,908			11,908			-
  Mutual funds			2,000			-			(194)			1,806			-			1,806
  Subtotal			43,030			-			(194)			42,836			41,030			1,806
  Level 2:
  Commercial paper			19,144			8			-			19,152			-			19,152
  Corporate debt			83,995			61			(58)			83,998			-			83,998
  Asset backed securities			26,906			4			(22)			26,888			-			26,888
  Mortgage backed securities			116			-			(1)			115			-			115
  Agency bond			2,000			-			-			2,000			-			2,000
  Subtotal			132,161			73			(81)			132,153			-			132,153
  Total assets		$	175,191		$	73		$	(275)		$	174,989		$	41,030		$	133,959
  Level 3:
  Contingent consideration		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	148		$	-		$	-
  Total liabilities		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	148		$	-		$	-

  Contractual maturities of investments as of March 31, 20162018 are set forth below (in thousands):

  			Estimated
  			Fair Value
  Due within one year		$	71,07169,721
  Due after one year			58,20350,838
  Total		$	129,274120,559

  Contingent Consideration and Escrow Liability

  The Company's contingent consideration liability, and escrow liability, included in other accrued liabilities and noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2017, was associated with the Quality Software Corporation (QSC) acquisition made in the first quarter of fiscal year 2016. Amounts held in escrow were measure at fair value using present value computations. TheThis contingent considerationliability was measured at fair value using a probability weighted average of the potential payment outcomes that would occur should certain contract milestones be reached. There is no market data available to use in valuing the contingent consideration; therefore, the Company developed its own assumptions related to the achievement of the milestones to evaluateclassified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The remaining liability of $0.1 million was settled and paid during the liability. As such, the contingent consideration is classified within Level 3 as described below.year ended March 31, 2018.

  The items are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy, consisting of contingent consideration and escrow liability related to the QSC acquisition, were valued based on an estimate of the probability of success of the milestones being achieved and present value computations, respectively. The table below presents a roll-forward of the contingent consideration and escrow liability valued using a Level 3 input (in thousands):

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015
  Balance at beginning of period		$	-		$	-
  Purchase price contingent consideration			541			-
  Contingent consideration payments			(200)			-
  Balance at end of period		$	341		$	-

  3. INVENTORIES

  Components of inventories were as follows (in thousands):

  			March 31,
  			2016			2015
  Work-in-process		$	76		$	169
  Finished goods			444			535
  		$	520		$	704

  6458

  ---

  4.3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

  Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

  			March 31,						March 31,
  			2016			2015			2018			2017
  Machinery and computer equipment		$	20,040		$	16,099
  Computer equipment								$	29,761		$	24,293
  Software development costs									20,144			8,265
  Software licenses									8,663			7,380
  Leasehold improvements									6,573			5,579
  Furniture and fixtures			1,067			759			1,637			1,411
  Licensed software			6,350			4,696
  Leasehold improvements			3,865			3,812
  Construction in progress			967			942			2,394			689
  			32,289			26,308			69,172			47,617
  Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization			(19,914)			(16,060)			(33,440)			(23,556)
  		$	12,375		$	10,248		$	35,732		$	24,061

  5.4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

  The carrying value of intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

  		March 31, 2016									March 31, 2015									March 31, 2018									March 31, 2017
  		Gross									Gross									Gross									Gross
  		Carrying			Accumulated			Net Carrying			Carrying			Accumulated			Net Carrying			Carrying			Accumulated			Net Carrying			Carrying			Accumulated			Net Carrying
  		Amount			Amortization			Amount			Amount			Amortization			Amount			Amount			Amortization			Amount			Amount			Amortization			Amount
  Technology	$	18,640		$	(4,622)		$	14,018		$	8,242		$	(2,905)		$	5,337		$	19,702		$	(10,535)		$	9,167		$	18,685		$	(7,010)		$	11,675
  Customer relationships		9,993			(4,847)			5,146			9,686			(3,720)			5,966			9,776			(7,366)			2,410			9,419			(6,187)			3,232
  Trade names/domains		2,205			-			2,205			957			-			957			2,108			(1,727)			381			2,036			-			2,036
  In-process research and development		95			-			95			-			-			-
  Total acquired identifiable intangible assets	$	30,933		$	(9,469)		$	21,464		$	18,885		$	(6,625)		$	12,260
  In-process research and
  development																				95			(95)			-			95			-			95
  Total acquired identifiable
  intangible assets																			$	31,681		$	(19,723)		$	11,958		$	30,235		$	(13,197)		$	17,038

  At March 31, 2016,2018, annual amortization of definite lived intangible assets, based upon our existing intangible assets and current useful lives, is estimated to be the following (in thousands):

  			Amount			Amount
  2017		$	3,845
  2018			3,577
  2019			3,327		$	4,002
  2020			3,327			3,171
  2021			2,936			2,790
  Thereafter			2,152
  2022						1,766
  2023						229
  Total		$	19,164		$	11,958

  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

  During the third quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2016,2018, the Company decidedchanged its product and marketing strategy for the use of DXI's technology and re-assessed DXI's profitability outlook. This triggered the requirement that the Company test the recorded goodwill for impairment in accordance with ASC 350-20-35, as amended by ASU 2017-04 (see Footnote 1, Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements). First, the Company estimated the fair value of its three reporting units using the market approach. Under the market approach, the Company utilized the market capitalization of its publicly-traded shares and comparable company information to end-of-life its hosted virtual desktop service (Zerigo). The Company evaluated long-lived assets relateddetermine revenue multiples which were used to Zerigo includingdetermine the technology, customer relationships, and trade name intangible assets for impairment. The Company determined it was appropriate to record an impairment charge equal to the remainingfair value of the impaired long-lived assets inreporting unit. Based on this approach, the third fiscal quarter. TheCompany determined that there was an indication of impairment recorded duringonly for its DXI reporting unit, which is within the fiscal year was $0.6 million, of which $0.4 million and $0.2 million was recorded in cost of service and sales and marketing, respectively, inCompany's Europe reporting segment, as the consolidated statements of operations. Revenues and net income (loss) from Zerigo were not material for all periods presented.carrying value including goodwill exceeded the estimated

  6559

  ---

  6. GOODWILLfair value. As largely independent cash flows could not be attributed to any assets individually the Company evaluated DXI's assets and liabilities as one asset group. Then the Company estimated the fair value of DXI's asset group using discounted cash flow methods to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. The difference between this implied fair value of the goodwill and its carrying value was recorded as impairment. The outcome of the analysis resulted in a non-cash expense for impairment of property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill of $0.3 million, $1.2 million and $8.0 million, respectively, which was recorded during the third quarter of fiscal year 2018 as a separate line item in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.

  The following table provides a summary of the changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting segment (in thousands):

  			Americas			Europe			Total			Americas			Europe			Total
  Balance as of March 31, 2014		$	23,940		$	14,521		$	38,461
  Foreign currency translation			-			(1,574)			(1,574)
  Balance as of March 31, 2015			23,940			12,947			36,887
  Balance at March 31, 2016											$	25,729		$	21,691		$	47,420
  Additions due to acquisitions			1,789			10,125			11,914			1,580			-			1,580
  Foreign currency translation			-			(1,381)			(1,381)			-			(2,864)			(2,864)
  Balance as of March 31, 2016		$	25,729		$	21,691		$	47,420
  Balance at March 31, 2017												27,309			18,827			46,136
  Impairment loss												-			(8,036)			(8,036)
  Foreign currency translation												-			1,954			1,954
  Balance at March 31, 2018											$	27,309		$	12,745		$	40,054

  7.5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

  Guarantees

  Indemnifications

  In the normal course of business, the Company may agree to indemnify other parties, including customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters such as breaches of representations or covenants or intellectual property infringement or other claims made by third parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors.

  It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of the Company's exposure under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements have not had a material impact on the Company's operating results, financial position or cash flows. Under some of these agreements, however, the Company's potential indemnification liability might not have a contractual limit.

  Product Warranties

  The Company accrues for the estimated costs that may be incurred under its product warranties upon revenue recognition. Changes in the Company's product warranty liability, which is included in cost of product revenues in the consolidated statements of operations were as follows (in thousands):

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014
  Balance at beginning of year		$	339		$	660		$	452
  Accruals for warranties			355			185			953
  Settlements			(303)			(364)			(745)
  Changes in estimate			(65)			(142)			-
  Balance at end of year		$	326		$	339		$	660

  Operating Leases

  The Company's operating lease obligations consist of the Company's principal facility and various leased facilities under operating lease agreements, which expire on various dates from fiscal 20172018 through fiscal 2021.2026. The Company leases its headquarters facility in San Jose, California under an operating lease agreement that expires in October 2019.

  66On January 23, 2018, the Company entered into a 132-month lease to rent approximately 162,000 square feet for a new Company headquarters in San Jose, California. The lease term begins on January 1, 2019 or such earlier date on which the Company first commences to conduct business on the premises. The Company has the option to extend the lease for one additional five-year term, on substantially the same terms and conditions as the prior term but with the base rent rate adjusted to fair market value at that time.

  60

  ---

  Base rent is approximately $512,000 per month for the first 12 months of the lease, and the rate increases 3% on each anniversary of the lease commencement date. The Company is entitled to full rent abatement during the first 10 months of the lease term and 50% rent abatement during the next four months of the lease term. The Company is also responsible for paying its proportionate share of building and common area operating expenses, property taxes and insurance costs.

  The Company is entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance of approximately $13.3 million, the full amount of which must be used within 12 months of the lease commencement date.

  The Company has procured a standby letter of credit (LOC) in the amount of $8.1 million for the benefit of the landlord, which may be drawn down in the event the Company defaults in the payment of its obligations under the lease. The LOC is disclosed as restricted cash on the Company's consolidated balance sheets for the year ending March 31, 2018.

  At March 31, 2016,2018, future minimum annual lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

  Year ending March 31:
  2017		$	3,663
  2018			3,552
  2019			3,645		$	5,876
  2020			2,862			6,754
  2021 and Thereafter			283
  2021						9,093
  2022						8,970
  2023						8,448
  Thereafter						54,936
  Total		$	14,005		$	94,077

  Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 2015 and 2014 was $2.1$5.6 million, $1.8$5.1 million and $1.5$2.1 million, respectively.

  Capital Leases

  The Company has non-cancelable capital lease agreements for office and computer equipment bearing interest at various rates. At March 31, 2016,2018, future minimum annual lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases were as follows (in thousands):

  Year ending March 31:
  2017		$	608
  2018			540
  2019			349		$	1,054
  2020						456
  2021						53
  2022						5
  Total minimum payments			1,497			1,568
  Less: Amount representing interest			(93)			(60)
  			1,404			1,508
  Less: Short-term portion of capital lease obligations			(588)			(1,049)
  Long-term portion of capital lease obligations		$	816		$	459

  Capital leases included in computer and office equipment were approximately $1.6$3.5 million and $0.5$2.7 million at March 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, respectively. Total accumulated amortization was approximately $0.1$1.8 million and $0.3$1.0 million at March 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, respectively. Amortization expense for assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

  Minimum Third PartyThird-Party Customer Support Commitments

  In the third quarter of 2010, the Company amended itsThe Company's contract with one of its third partythird-party customer support vendors containing ainclude minimum monthly commitment ofcommitments and the requirements to maintain the service level for several months. The total contractual minimum commitments were approximately $0.4 million effective April 1, 2010. As the agreement requires a 150-day notice to terminate, the total remaining obligation under the contract was $2.2$1.4 million at March 31, 2016.2018.

  61

  ---

  Minimum Third PartyThird-Party Network Service Provider Commitments

  The Company entered into contracts with multiple vendors for third partythird-party network service which expire on various dates inthrough fiscal 2017 through 2018.2020. At March 31, 2016,2018, future minimum annual payments under these third partythird-party network service contracts were as follows (in thousands):

  Year ending March 31:
  2017		$	2,572
  2018			891
  Total minimum payments		$	3,463

  67

  ---

  Year ending March 31:
  2019		$	1,916
  2020			8
  Total minimum payments		$	1,924

  Legal Proceedings

  The Company, from time to time, is involved in various legal claims or litigation, including patent infringement claims that can arise in the normal course of the Company's operations. Pending or future litigation could be costly, could cause the diversion of management's attention and could upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

  On February 22, 2011, the Company was named a defendant in Bear Creek Technologies, Inc. v. 8x8, Inc. et al., along with 20 other defendants. On August 17, 2011, the suit was dismissed without prejudice as to the Company under Rule 21 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. On August 17, 2011, Bear Creek Technologies, Inc. refiled its suit against the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. Further, on November 28, 2012, the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office initiated a Reexamination proceeding with a Reexamination Declaration explaining that there is a substantial new question of patentability, based on four separate grounds and affecting each claim of the patent which is the basis for the complaint filed against us.  On March 26, 2013, the USPTO issued a first Office Action in the Reexamination, with all claims of the '722 patent being rejected on each of the four separate grounds raised in the Request for Reexamination.  On July 10, 2013, the Company filed an informational pleading in support of and joining a motion to stay the proceeding in the District Court; the District Court granted the motion on July 17, 2013, based on the possibility that at least one of the USPTO rejections will be upheld and considering the USPTO's conclusion that Bear Creek's patent suffers from a defective claim for priority.  On March 24, 2014, the USPTO issued another Office Action in which the rejections of the claims were maintained.  On August 15, 2014, the USPTO issued a Right of Appeal Notice, as the USPTO maintained all rejections of the patent claims. 

  On September 15, 2014, Bear Creek Technologies, Inc. filed a Notice of Appeal of this decision with the Patent Trial and Appeal Board. The case is currently on appeal. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to these claims and is presenting a vigorous defense, but the Company cannot estimate potential liability in this case at this early stage of litigation.

  On April 16, 2015, the Company was named as a defendant in Slocumb Law Firm v. 8x8, Inc. The Slocumb Law Firm has alleged that it purchased certain business services from the Company that did not perform as advertised or expected, and has asserted causes of actions for fraud, breach of contract, violations of the Alabama Deceptive Trade Practices Act and negligence. On May 7, 2015, the Company filed a motion with the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Alabama, seeking an order compelling the Slocumb Law Firm to arbitrate its claims against the Company in Santa Clara County, California pursuant to a clause mandating arbitration of disputes set forth in the terms and conditions to which Slocumb Law Firm agreed in connection with its purchase of business services from the Company. No briefing schedule or hearing date for the motion has been set as of this time. Discovery has not yet commenced in the case. The Company intends to vigorously defend against Slocumb Law Firm's claims.

  68

  ---

  State and Municipal Taxes

  From time to time, the Company has received inquiries from a number of state and municipal taxing agencies with respect to the remittance of sales, use, telecommunications, excise, and income taxes. Several jurisdictions currently are conducting tax audits of the Company's records. The Company collects or has accrued for taxes that it believes are required to be remitted. The amounts that have been remitted have historically been within the accruals established by the Company. The Company adjusts its accrual when facts relating to specific exposures warrant such adjustment.

  Regulatory

  VoIP communication services, like the Company's, are subject to less regulation at the federal level than traditional telecommunication services and states are pre-empted from regulating such services. Many regulatory actions are underway or are being contemplated by federal and state authorities, including the FCC, and state regulatory agencies. The FCC initiated a notice of public rule-making in early 2004 to gather public comment on the appropriate regulatory environment for IP telephony which would include the services we offer. In November 2004, the FCC ruled that the VoIP service of a competitor and "similar" services are jurisdictionally interstate and not subject to state certification, tariffing and other legacy telecommunication carrier regulations.

  The effect of any future laws, regulations and the orders on the Company's operations, including, but not limited to, the 8x8 service, cannot be determined. But as a general matter, increased regulation and the imposition of additional funding obligations increases the Company's costs of providing service that may or may not be recoverable from the Company's customers which could result in making the Company's services less competitive with traditional telecommunications services if the Company increases its retail prices or decreases the Company's profit margins if it attempts to absorb such costs.

  8.6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  1996 Stock Plan

  In June 1996, the Company's board of directors adopted the 1996 Stock Plan ("1996 Plan"). A total of 12,035,967 shares were reserved for issuance under the 1996 Plan prior to its expiration in June 2006. As of March, 31, 2016, there are no shares available for future grants under the 1996 Plan. The 1996 Plan provided for granting incentive stock options to employees and nonstatutory stock options to employees, directors or consultants. The stock option price of incentive stock options granted could not be less than the determined fair market value at the date of grant. Options generally vested over four years and had a ten-year term.

  1996 Director Option Plan

  The Company's 1996 Director Option Plan ("Director Plan") was adopted in June 1996 and became effective in July 1997. A total of 1,650,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the Director Plan prior to its expiration in June 2006. As of March 31, 2016 there are no shares available for future grants under the Director Plan. The Director Plan provided for both discretionary and periodic grants of nonstatutory stock options to non-employee directors of the Company (the "Outside Directors"). The exercise price per share of all options granted under the Director Plan was equal to the fair market value of a share of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Options generally vested over a period of four years. Options granted to Outside Directors under the Director Plan had a ten year term, or shorter upon termination of an Outside Director's status as a director.

  2006 Stock Plan

  In May 2006, the Company's board of directors approved the 2006 Stock Plan ("2006 Plan").  The Company's stockholders subsequently adopted the 2006 Plan in September 2006, and the 2006 Plan became effective in October 2006.  The Company reserved 7,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under this plan. As of March 31, 2016, 1,238 shares remained available for future grants under the 2006 Plan.  The 2006 Plan provides for granting incentive stock options to employees and nonstatutorynon-statutory stock options to employees, directors or consultants.  The stock option price of incentive stock options granted may not be less than the fair market value on the effective date of the grant. Other types of options and awards under the 2006 Plan may be granted at any price approved by the administrator, which generally will be the compensation committee of the board of directors. Options generally vest over four years and expire ten years after grant.  In 2009, the 2006 Plan was amended to provide for the granting of stock purchase rights. The 2006 Plan expiresexpired in May 2016.

  69

  ---

  2003 Contactual Plan

  In the second fiscal quarter As of 2012, the Company assumed the Amended and Restated Contactual, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan (the "2003 Contactual Plan") and registered an aggregate of 171,974March 31, 2018, there are no shares of the Company's common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of stock options previously grantedavailable for future grants under the 2003 Contactual Plan and assumed by the Company when it acquired Contactual. No new stock options or other awards can be granted under 2003 Contactual2006 Plan.

  2012 Equity Incentive Plan

  In June 2012, the Company's board of directors approved the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan ("2012 Plan").  The Company's stockholders subsequently adopted the 2012 Plan in July 2012, and the 2012 Plan became effective in August 2012.  The Company reserved 4,100,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under this plan. In August 2014 and 2016, the 2012 Plan was amended to allow for an additional 6,800,000 and 4,500,000 shares reserved for issuance. As of March 31, 2016, 3,164,029 shares remained available under the 2012 Plan.issuance, respectively. The 2012 Plan provides for granting incentive stock options to employees and nonstatutorynon-statutory stock options to employees, directors or consultants, and granting of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units, qualified performance-based awards and stock grants. The stock option price of incentive stock options granted may not be less than the fair market value on the effective date of the grant. Other types of options and awards under the 2012 Plan may be granted at any price approved by the administrator, which generally will be the compensation committee of the board of directors. Options, restricted stock and restricted stock units generally vest over four years and expire ten years after grant. The 2012 Plan expires in June 2022. As of March 31, 2018, 0.3 million shares remained available under the 2012 Plan. 

  2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan

  In September 2013, the Company's board of directors approved the 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan ("2013 Plan").  The Company reserved 1,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under this plan. In November 2014, the 2013 Plan was amended to allow for an additional 1,200,000 shares reserved for issuance. In July 2015, the Plan was amended to allow for an additional 1,200,000 shares reserved for issuance. AsIn connection with its approval of March 31,the August 2016 700,021 shares remained available foramendments to the 2012 Plan, the Board of Directors has approved the suspension of future grants under the 2013 Plan.Plan, which became effective immediately upon stockholder approval of the proposed 2012 Plan amendments in August 2016. In addition, the 2013 Plan was amended to reduce the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan to the number of shares that are then subject to outstanding awards under the 2013 Plan,

  62

  ---

  leaving no shares available for future grant. The 2013 Plan providesprovided for granting nonstatutorynon-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock and performance units and stock grants solely to newly hired employees as a material inducement to accepting employment with the Company. Options arewere granted at market value on the grant date under the 2013 Plan, unless determined otherwise at the time of grant by the administrator, which generally will be the compensation committee of the board of directors. Options generally expire ten years after grant.

  2017 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan

  In October 2017, the Company's board of directors approved the 2017 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan ("2017 Plan"). The 2013Company reserved 1,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under this plan. In January 2018, the 2017 Plan expires in September 2023.was amended to allow for an additional 1,500,000 shares reserved for issuance. The 2017 Plan provides for granting non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and performance units and stock grants solely to newly hired employees as a material inducement to accepting employment with the Company. Options are granted at market value on the grant date under the 2017 Plan, unless determined otherwise at the time of grant by the administrator, which generally will be the compensation committee of the board of directors. Options generally expire ten years after grant. As of March 31, 2018, 1.3 million shares remained available under the 2017 plan.

  Stock-Based Compensation

  The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense (in thousands):

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014
  Cost of service revenue		$	1,159		$	692		$	372
  Cost of product revenue			-			-			-
  Research and development			2,914			1,495			967
  Sales and marketing			6,133			3,748			2,217
  General and administrative			6,128			3,412			4,039
  Total stock-based compensation expense
  related to employee stock options
  and employee stock purchases, pre-tax			16,334			9,347			7,595
  Tax benefit			-			-			-
  Stock based compensation expense related to
  employee stock options and employee
  stock purchases, net of tax		$	16,334		$	9,347		$	7,595

  70

  ---

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2018			2017			2016
  Cost of service revenue		$	1,821		$	1,732		$	1,159
  Cost of product revenue			-			-			-
  Research and development			6,418			3,762			2,914
  Sales and marketing			11,654			8,832			6,133
  General and administrative			9,283			7,136			6,128
  Total		$	29,176		$	21,462		$	16,334

  Stock Options, Stock Purchase Right and Restricted Stock Unit Activity

  Stock Option activity under all the Company's stock option plans since March 31, 2013,2015, is summarized as follows:

  					Weighted					Weighted
  					Average					Average
  					Exercise					Exercise
  		Number of			Price		Number of			Price
  		Shares			Per Share		Shares			Per Share
  Outstanding at March 31, 2013		5,991,544		$	2.52
  Granted		1,465,400			9.66
  Exercised		(1,283,470)			2.75
  Canceled/Forfeited		(171,092)			5.25
  Outstanding at March 31, 2014		6,002,382			4.14
  Granted		1,110,466			7.29
  Exercised		(1,326,385)			1.87
  Canceled/Forfeited		(458,556)			6.06
  Outstanding at March 31, 2015		5,327,907			5.19		5,327,907		$	5.19
  Granted		723,776			8.63		723,776			8.63
  Exercised		(1,162,175)			2.56		(1,162,175)			2.56
  Canceled/Forfeited		(96,242)			8.06		(96,242)			8.06
  Outstanding at March 31, 2016		4,793,266		$	6.29		4,793,266			6.29
  Granted							407,392			14.63
  Exercised							(603,998)			2.34
  Canceled/Forfeited							(134,248)			8.41
  Outstanding at March 31, 2017							4,462,412			7.52
  Granted							609,135			14.95
  Exercised							(773,897)			3.95
  Canceled/Forfeited							(299,365)			13.05
  Outstanding at March 31, 2018							3,998,285		$	8.93
  Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2016		4,793,266		$	6.29
  Exercisable at March 31, 2016		2,950,697		$	4.99
  Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2018							3,998,285		$	8.93
  Exercisable at March 31, 2018							3,025,925		$	7.66

  63

  ---

  Stock Purchase Right activity since March 31, 20132015 is summarized as follows:

  									Weighted
  						Weighted			Average
  						Average			Remaining
  			Number of			Grant-Date			Contractual
  			Shares			Fair Value			Term (in Years)
  Balance at March 31, 2013			958,575		$	4.11			2.52
  Granted			22,380			9.69
  Vested			(392,844)			3.25
  Forfeited			(98,484)			5.18
  Balance at March 31, 2014			489,627			4.83			1.93
  Granted			31,432			7.88
  Vested			(223,360)			3.98
  Forfeited			(73,864)			5.39
  Balance at March 31, 2015			223,835			5.92			1.50
  Granted			-			-
  Vested			(115,789)			5.32
  Forfeited			(25,875)			7.40
  Balance at March 31, 2016			82,171		$	6.30			0.76

  71

  ---

  					Weighted			Weighted
  					Average			Average
  					Grant-Date			Remaining
  		Number of			Fair Market			Contractual
  		Shares			Value			Term (in Years)
  Balance at March 31, 2015		223,835		$	5.92			1.50
  Granted		-			-
  Vested and released		(115,789)			5.32
  Forfeited		(25,875)			7.40
  Balance at March 31, 2016		82,171			6.30			0.76
  Granted		-			-
  Vested and released		(69,426)			6.00
  Forfeited		(1,375)			6.72
  Balance at March 31, 2017		11,370			8.10			1.09
  Granted		-			-
  Vested and released		(6,395)			8.26
  Forfeited		-			-
  Balance at March 31, 2018		4,975		$	7.88			0.10

  Restricted Stock Unit activity since March 31, 20132015 is summarized as follows:

  						Weighted			Weighted Average
  			Number of			Average Grant			Remaining Contractual
  			Shares			Date Fair Value			Term (in Years)
  Balance at March 31, 2013			25,000		$	6.91			2.47
  Granted			1,291,200			9.11
  Vested			(133,000)			9.49
  Forfeited			(48,344)			9.61
  Balance at March 31, 2014			1,134,856			9.00			2.00
  Granted			1,965,786			6.68
  Vested			(187,788)			9.54
  Forfeited			(214,168)			8.30
  Balance at March 31, 2015			2,698,686			7.33			1.88
  Granted			2,681,997			8.78
  Vested			(589,788)			7.79
  Forfeited			(246,096)			8.15
  Balance at March 31, 2016			4,544,799		$	8.08			1.67

  Significant option groups outstanding at March 31, 2016 and related weighted average exercise price, contractual life, and aggregate intrinsic value information for 8x8, Inc.'s stock option plans are as follows:

  		Options Outstanding											Options Exercisable
  					Weighted		Weighted									Weighted
  					Average		Average									Average
  					Exercise		Remaining			Aggregate						Exercise			Aggregate
  					Price		Contractual			Intrinsic						Price			Intrinsic
  		Shares			Per Share		Life (Years)			Value			Shares			Per Share			Value
  $ 0.55 to $ 1.27		1,079,767		$	1.13		1.7		$	9,589,205			1,079,767		$	1.13		$	9,589,205
  $ 1.33 to $ 6.86		1,500,242		$	5.77		7.0			6,368,920			1,000,701		$	5.27			4,744,126
  $ 7.52 to $ 8.93		996,150		$	8.29		9.1			1,723,062			184,115		$	8.14			345,844
  $ 9.21 to $ 9.74		983,835		$	9.62		7.5			384,463			603,302		$	9.63			232,944
  $ 10.50 to $ 11.26		233,272		$	10.95		8.5			-			82,812		$	11.10			-
  		4,793,266							$	18,065,650			2,950,697					$	14,912,119

  The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between the closing stock price of the Company's common stock on March 31, 2016 and the exercise price for in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders if all in-the-money options had been exercised on March 31, 2016.

  					Weighted			Weighted Average
  		Number of			Average Grant			Remaining Contractual
  		Shares			Date Fair Value			Term (in Years)
  Balance at March 31, 2015		2,698,686		$	7.33			1.88
  Granted		2,681,997			8.78
  Vested and released		(589,788)			7.79
  Forfeited		(246,096)			8.15
  Balance at March 31, 2016		4,544,799			8.08			1.67
  Granted		2,491,877			15.15
  Vested and released		(1,600,831)			7.89
  Forfeited		(496,795)			9.56
  Balance at March 31, 2017		4,939,050			11.57			1.55
  Granted		3,481,870			14.41
  Vested and released		(1,833,038)			10.27
  Forfeited		(652,339)			12.73
  Balance at March 31, 2018		5,935,543		$	13.51			1.60

  The total intrinsic value of options exercised in the years ended March 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 2015 and 2014 was $9.2$9.0 million, $8.1$7.2 million and $8.2$9.2 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2016,2018, there was $34.8$63.9 million of unamortized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options and awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.59approximately 2.5 years.

  Unamortized stock-based compensation expense related to shares issued as part of the DXI acquisition (see Note 13) was approximately $1.9 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.17 years.

  Cash received from option exercises and purchases of shares under the Equity Compensation Plans for the years ended March 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $4.8 million, $4.5 million and $5.2 million, respectively. The total tax benefit attributable to stock options exercised in the year ended March 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $224,000, $151,000 and $142,000, respectively.

  72

  ---

  1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  The Company's 1996 Stock Purchase Plan ("Employee Stock Purchase Plan") was adopted in June 1996 and became effective upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering in July 1997. The Company suspended the Employee Stock Purchase Plan in 2003 and reactivated the Employee Stock Purchase Plan in fiscal 2005. Under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 500,000 shares of common stock were initially reserved for issuance. At the start of each fiscal year, the number of shares of common stock subject to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan increases so that 500,000 shares remain available for issuance. During fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, 365,555, 282,062 and 301,303 shares, respectively, were issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In May 2006, the Company's board of directors approved a ten-year extension of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Stockholders approved a ten-year extension of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at the 2006

  64

  ---

  Annual Meeting of Stockholders held September 18, 2006. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan is effective until August 2017. During fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, approximately 0.4 million, 0.3 million, and 0.4 million shares, respectively, were issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

  The Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of each two yeartwo-year offering period or the end of a six month purchase period, whichever is lower. When the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was reinstated in fiscal 2005, the offering period was reduced from two years to one year. The contribution amount may not exceed ten percent of an employee's base compensation, including commissions, but not including bonuses and overtime. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides that a new exercise date will be set for each option under the plan which exercise date will occur before the date of the merger or asset sale.

  As of March 31, 2018, there was approximately $0.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to employee stock purchases. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.5 years.

  Assumptions Used to Calculate Stock-Based Compensation Expense

  The fair value of each of the Company's option grants has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

  			Years Ended March 31,									Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014			2018			2017			2016
  Expected volatility			53%			61%			64%			41%			44%			53%
  Expected dividend yield			-			-			-			-			-			-
  Risk-free interest rate			1.5% to 1.8%			1.4% to 1.9%			0.7% to 2.2%			1.8% to 2.4%			1.1% to 2.2%			1.5% to 1.8%
  Weighted average expected option term			5.4 years			6.0 years			6.1 years
  Weighted average expected term (in years)												4.8 years			4.9 years			5.4 years
  Weighted average fair value of options granted		$	4.17		$	4.14		$	5.70		$	5.70		$	5.74		$	4.17

  The estimated fair value of stock purchase rights granted under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014
  Expected volatility			43%			49%			40%
  Expected dividend yield			-			-			-
  Risk-free interest rate			0.39%			0.12%			0.09%
  Weighted average expected rights term			0.83 years			0.80 years			0.75 years
  Weighted average fair value of rights granted		$	3.25		$	2.52		$	2.83

  73

  ---

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2018			2017			2016
  Expected volatility			40%			37%			43%
  Expected dividend yield			-			-			-
  Risk-free interest rate			1.33%			0.65%			0.39%
  Weighted average expected term (in years)			0.8 years			0.8 years			0.8 years
  Weighted average fair value of rights granted		$	4.10		$	4.19		$	3.25

  Stock Repurchases

  In February 2015, the Company's board of directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $20.0 million of its common stock from time to time until February 29, 2016 (the "2015 Repurchase Plan"). Share repurchases, if any, will be funded with available cash. Repurchases under the Repurchase Plan may be made through open market purchases at prevailing market prices or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing, volume and nature of share repurchases are subject to market prices and conditions, applicable securities laws and other factors, and are at the discretion of the Company's management. Share repurchases under the Repurchase Plan may be commenced, suspended or discontinued at any time. This tranche of shares authorized for repurchase expired in February 2016.

  In October 2015, the Company's board of directors authorized the Company to purchase an additional $15.0 million of its common stock from time to time until October 20, 2016 under the 2015 Repurchase Plan. The remainingplan expired in October 2016 with an unused authorized repurchase amount of $15.0 million.

  In May 2017, the Company's board of directors authorized the Company to purchase $25.0 million of its common stock from time to time under the 2017 Repurchase Plan (the "2017 Plan"). The 2017 Plan expires when the maximum purchase amount is reached, or upon the earlier revocation or termination by the board of directors. The remaining amount available under the 2017 Plan at March 31, 20162018 was approximately $15.0$7.1 million.

  65

  ---

  7. INCOME TAXES

  The stock repurchase activityTax Cuts and Jobs Act ("Tax Act") was enacted on December 22, 2017. Among numerous provisions, the Tax Act reduces the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, requires companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred, and creates new taxes on certain foreign sourced earnings.

  The Company remeasured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally 21%. Accordingly, deferred tax assets were adjusted down by about $23 million in the period ended December 31, 2017. However, because the Company recorded a full valuation allowance, the decrease in deferred tax assets from the tax rate change was fully offset by a corresponding decrease in valuation allowance, and therefore, resulted in no impact to the tax expense.

  The one-time transition tax is based on the Company's total post-1986 earnings and profits (E&P) for which U.S. income taxes have been previously deferred. The Company recorded no one-time transition tax liability for its foreign subsidiaries as the Company's preliminary calculations concluded it does not have any untaxed foreign accumulated earnings as of March 31, 2016 is summarized as follows:the measurement dates.

  					Weighted
  					Average
  		Shares			Price			Amount
  		Repurchased			Per Share			Repurchased(1)
  Balance as of March 31, 2014		-						-
  Repurchase of common stock
  under 2015 Repurchase Plan		2,488,215		$	7.38		$	19,200,393
  Balance as of March 31, 2015		2,488,215			7.38			19,200,393
  Repurchase of common stock
  under 2015 Repurchase Plan		1,392,135			8.02			11,164,329
  Balance as of March 31, 2016		3,880,350		$	7.83		$	30,364,722
  (1) Amount excludes commission fees.

  The total purchase pricesIn response to the Tax Act, the SEC staff issued guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the common stock repurchasedTax Act. The guidance provides a one-year measurement period for companies to complete the accounting. The Company is still analyzing certain aspects of the Act and retired were reflectedrefining its calculations, which could potentially affect the measurement of these balances or give rise to new deferred tax amounts. The Company has made a reasonable estimate of the effects on its existing deferred tax balances. The Company will continue to make and refine its calculations as a reduction to consolidated stockholders' equity duringadditional analysis and more thorough understanding of the period of repurchase.

  In fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company also withheld 30,702, 15,053, and 50,400 shares, respectively, shares related to tax withholdings on restricted stock awards with a total price of $0.5 million, $0.1 million, and $0.5 million, respectively.

  9. INCOME TAXESlaw is completed.

  For the years ended March 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, the Company recorded a (benefit) provision for income taxes of approximately $66.3 million, ($0.1) million and ($0.8) million, $2.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The provision in each year was attributable to federal and state current and deferred taxes. The components of the consolidated (benefit) provision for income taxes for fiscal 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 20142016 consisted of the following (in thousands):

  			March 31,
  Current:			2016			2015			2014
  Federal		$	97		$	92		$	-
  State			551			457			276
  Foreign			71			1			-
  Total current tax provision			719			550			276
  Deferred
  Federal		$	95		$	2,602		$	1,578
  State			(854)			(363)			365
  Foreign			(807)			-			-
  Total deferred tax (benefit) provision			(1,566)			2,239			1,943
  Income tax (benefit) provision		$	(847)		$	2,789		$	2,219

  74

  ---

  			March 31,
  Current:			2018			2017			2016
  Federal		$	(395)		$	(7)		$	97
  State			256			588			551
  Foreign			185			112			71
  Total current tax provision			46			693			719
  Deferred
  Federal			59,837			1,506			95
  State			6,664			(1,095)			(854)
  Foreign			(253)			(1,230)			(807)
  Total deferred tax (benefit) provision			66,248			(819)			(1,566)
  Income tax (benefit) provision		$	66,294		$	(126)		$	(847)

  The Company's income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes included $6.9($19.7) million, $3.5($8.4) million and $0.8($6.9) million of foreign subsidiary loss for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, respectively. The Company is permanently reinvesting the earnings of its profitable foreign subsidiaries. The companyCompany intends to reinvest these profits in expansion of overseas operations. If the Company were to remit these earnings, the tax impact would be immaterial.

  Deferred tax assets and (liabilities) were comprised of the following (in thousands):

  			March 31,						March 31,
  Current deferred tax assets			2016			2015
  Net operating loss carryforwards		$	2,739		$	2,179
  Inventory valuation			14			14
  Reserves and allowances			2,740			2,394
  Net current deferred tax assets			5,493			4,587
  									2018			2017
  Net operating loss carryforwards			38,449			44,228		$	40,465		$	36,427
  Research and development and other credit carryforwards			7,106			5,414			11,761			8,614
  Stock-based compensation			5,577			3,164			6,389			6,942
  Reserves and allowances									3,181			3,266
  Fixed assets and intangibles			(6,160)			(4,869)			378			(3,688)
  Net non-current deferred tax assets			44,972			47,937			62,174			51,561
  Valuation allowance			(3,760)			(4,901)			(62,174)			(2,934)
  Total		$	46,705		$	47,623		$	-		$	48,627

  As of March 31, 2016 and 2015, management assessed66

  ---

  The Company assesses the realizability of deferred tax assets based on the available evidence, including a history of taxable income and estimates of future taxable income. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, The Company considers whether it is more likely than not that all or some portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. During the year ended March 31, 2018, the Company recorded afull valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets as it considered the cumulative losses in recent periods to be a substantial negative evidence. At March 31, 2016,2018, management evaluated the need for a valuation allowance and determined that a valuation allowance of approximately $3.8$62.2 million was needed. Atneeded compared with approximately $2.9 million as of March 31, 2015, management evaluated the need for a valuation allowance and determined that a valuation allowance of approximately $4.9 million was needed. The net change in the valuation allowance for the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 was a decrease of $1.1 million and an increase of $0.7 million, respectively.2017.

  At March 31, 2016,2018, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $137.9$157.6 million and $38.7$27.5 million, respectively, which expire at various dates between 20172029 and 2036. The net operating loss carryforwards include approximately $40.7 million resulting from employee exercises of non-qualified stock options or disqualifying dispositions of incentive stock options, the tax benefits of which, when realized, will be accounted for as an addition to additional paid-in capital rather than as a reduction of the provision for income taxes.2037. In addition, at March 31, 2016,2018, the Company had research and development credit carryforwards for federal and California tax reporting purposes of approximately $4.5$7.2 million and $6.2$9.1 million, respectively. The federal income tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates between 2021 and 2036,2038, while the California income tax credits will carry forward indefinitely. A reconciliation of the Company's provision (benefit) for income taxes to the amounts computed using the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% is as follows (in thousands):

  			Years Ended March 31,									Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014			2018			2017			2016
  Tax provision at statutory rate		$	(2,029)		$	1,599		$	1,285		$	(11,790)		$	(1,652)		$	(2,029)
  State income taxes before valuation allowance,
  net of federal effect			9			269			196			(1,042)			108			9
  Foreign tax rate differential			(769)			-			-			(1,188)			885			(769)
  Research and development credits			(1,253)			(725)			(1,534)			(2,189)			(1,484)			(1,253)
  Change in valuation allowance			(1,555)			(1,480)			1,264			56,663			(287)			(1,555)
  Compensation/option differences			(471)			(331)			(264)			(4,965)			(246)			(471)
  Non-deductible compensation			944			746			605			1,132			1,079			944
  Tax Act rate change impact												22,630			-			-
  Acquisition costs			230			-			230			-			54			230
  Expiring CA NOLs			1,626			1,484			240
  Expiring California loss carry-forwards												-			-			1,626
  Foreign loss not benefited			2,342			1,192			271			6,847			780			2,342
  Other			79			35			(74)			196			637			79
  Total income tax provision		$	(847)		$	2,789		$	2,219		$	66,294		$	(126)		$	(847)

  75

  ---

  For fiscal year ended March 31, 2018, a blended statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% for 9 months and 21% for 3 months was used. For other years, the statutory federal rate of 34% was used.

  The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit is measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

  			Unrecognized Tax Benefits									Unrecognized Tax Benefits
  			2016			2015			2014			2018			2017			2016
  Balance at beginning of year		$	2,420		$	2,165		$	3,024		$	3,331		$	2,881		$	2,420
  Gross increases - tax position in prior period			82			27			-			-			-			82
  Gross decreases - tax position in prior period			-			-			(1,081)
  Gross increases - tax positions related to the current year			379			228			222
  Gross increases - tax position related to the current year												649			450			379
  Balance at end of year		$	2,881		$	2,420		$	2,165		$	3,980		$	3,331		$	2,881

  At March 31, 2016,2018, the companyCompany had a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $2.9$4.0 million, all of which, if recognized, would decreasefavorably affect the company's effective tax rate. The Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

  The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The Company has not been under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or other foreign jurisdictions. The 1997 through fiscal 2016 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities.67

  ---

  The Company's policy for recording interest and penalties associated with tax examinations is to record such items as a component of operating expense income before taxes. During the fiscal yearyears ended March 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

  Utilization of the Company's net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards can become subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual limitation could result in the expiration or elimination of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization. The Company has performed an analysis of its changes in ownership under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company currently believes that the Section 382 limitation will not limit utilization of the carryforwards prior to their expiration, with the exception of certain acquired loss and tax credit carryforwardscarryforwards.

  The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of Contactual, Inc.

  10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

  401(k) Savings Plan

  In April 1991, thelimitations. The Company adopted a 401(k) savings plan (the "Savings Plan") covering substantially all of its U.S. employees. Eligible employees may contribute to the Savings Plan from their compensation up to the maximum allowedis currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service. In January 2007,Service for the Company reactivatedfiscal year ended March 31, 2016 and by the employer matching contribution. The matching contribution is 100%Illinois Department of each employee's contributions in each year, not to exceed $1,500 per annum. The matching expense in 2016,Revenue for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was $0.9 million, $0.7 million2016. It is too early to predict the outcome of the ongoing examinations. The tax years fiscal 1999 through fiscal 2018 generally remain subject to examination by federal and $0.4 million, respectively. The Savings Plan does not allow employee contributions to be invested in the Company's common stock.most state tax authorities.

  76

  ---

  11.8. NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

  The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in calculating basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014			Years Ended March 31,
  			(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)									2018			2017			2016
  Numerator:
  Income (loss) from continuing operations		$	(5,120)		$	1,926		$	1,598
  Income from discontinued operations, net
  of income tax provision			-			-			916
  Net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	(5,120)		$	1,926		$	2,514
  Net loss available to common stockholders											$	(104,497)		$	(4,751)		$	(5,120)
  Denominator:
  Common shares			88,477			89,071			78,310
  Denominator for basic calculation			88,477			89,071			78,310			92,017			90,340			88,477
  Employee stock options			-			2,088			2,927
  Employee restricted purchase rights			-			493			421
  Denominator for diluted calculation			88,477			91,652			81,658			92,017			90,340			88,477
  Income (loss) per share - continuing operations:
  Net loss per share:
  Basic		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.02		$	(1.14)		$	(0.05)		$	(0.06)
  Diluted		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.02		$	(1.14)		$	(0.05)		$	(0.06)
  Income per share - discontinued operations:
  Basic		$	0.00		$	0.00		$	0.01
  Diluted		$	0.00		$	0.00		$	0.01
  Net income (loss) per share:
  Basic		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.03
  Diluted		$	(0.06)		$	0.02		$	0.03

  The following shares attributable to outstanding stock options and restricted stock purchase rights were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive (in thousands):

  			Years Ended March 31,								Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014		2018		2017		2016
  Common stock options			2,193			1,812			750		3,998		4,462		4,793
  Stock purchase rights			50			57			18
  Stock units											5,940		4,950		4,628
  			2,243			1,869			768		9,938		9,412		9,421

  12. SEGMENT REPORTING

  ASC 280,Segment Reporting, establishes annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprise's business segments and related disclosures about its products, services, geographic areas and major customers. Under ASC 280, the method for determining what information to report is based upon the way management organizes the operating segments within the Company for making operating decisions and assessing financial performance.

  7768

  ---

  The Company manages its operations primarily on a geographic basis. The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Chief Technology Officer or the Company's Chief Operating Decision Makers (CODMs), evaluate performance of the Company and make decisions regarding allocation of resources based on geographic results. The Company's reportable segments are the Americas and Europe. The Americas segment is primarily North America. The Europe segment is primarily the United Kingdom. Each operating segment provides similar products and services.9. SEGMENT REPORTING

  The Company's CODMs evaluatefollowing tables set forth the performance of its operating segments based on revenuessegment and net income. Revenues are attributed to each segment based on the ordering location of the customer or ship to location. The Company does not allocate research and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative, amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, and commitment and contingenciesgeographic information for each segment as management does not consider this information in its evaluation of the performance of each operating segment. The Company's revenue distribution by geographic region (basedperiod (in thousands):

  			Revenue for the Years Ended March 31,
  			2018			2017			2016
  Americas (principally US)		$	266,034		$	227,914		$	185,241
  Europe (principally UK)			30,466			25,474			24,095
  		$	296,500		$	253,388		$	209,336

  Revenue is based upon the destination of shipments and the customer'scustomers' service address)address. In fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 intersegment revenues of approximately $15.1 million, $4.9 million, $1.0 million, respectively, were eliminated in consolidation, and have been excluded from the table above.

  			Depreciation and Amortization for the Years Ended March 31,
  			2018			2017			2016
  Americas (principally US)		$	10,619		$	6,842		$	5,776
  Europe (principally UK)			5,098			3,595			3,231
  		$	15,717		$	10,437		$	9,007

  			Net Income (Loss) for the Years Ended March 31,
  			2018			2017			2016
  Americas (principally US)		$	(84,792)		$	2,557		$	940
  Europe (principally UK)			(19,705)			(7,308)			(6,060)
  		$	(104,497)		$	(4,751)		$	(5,120)

  			March 31,
  			2018						2017
  			Total Assets			Property and Equipment, net			Total Assets			Property and Equipment, net
  Americas (principally US)		$	240,099		$	27,270		$	284,011		$	19,480
  Europe (principally UK)			37,110			8,462			49,844			4,581
  		$	277,209		$	35,732		$	333,855		$	24,061

  10. ACQUISITIONS

  LeChat, Inc.

  On January 5, 2017, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Agreement") with the preferred and common shareholders LeChat Inc. (LeChat) for the purchase of all the outstanding preferred and common shares of LeChat. The transaction closed on January 6, 2017. The total aggregate purchase price was $3.1 million, consisting of approximately $2.4 million paid to the preferred shareholders at closing, $0.2 million paid to the common shareholders at closing, and approximately $0.5 million in cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as follows:security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date.

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014
  Americas (principally US)			87%			92%			97%
  Europe			12%			7%			2%
  Asia Pacific			1%			1%			1%
  			100%			100%			100%

  Geographic area data is69

  ---

  The Company recorded the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed based upon the locationon their estimated fair values. The excess of the propertyconsideration transferred over the aggregate fair values of the assets acquired and equipmentliabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. The amount of goodwill recognized was primarily attributable to the expected contributions of the entity to the overall corporate strategy in addition to synergies and isacquired workforce of the acquired business. The finite-lived intangible asset consisted of developed technology, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of two years. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using a cost approach method. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

  The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

  			March 31,
  			2016			2015
  Americas (principally US)		$	9,165		$	8,348
  Europe			2,642			1,411
  Asia-Pacific			568			489
  		$	12,375		$	10,248

  			Fair Value
  Assets acquired:
  Cash		$	231
  Intangible assets			1,200
  Other non-current assets			428
  Total assets acquired			1,859
  Liabilities assumed:
  Current liabilities			(324)
  Total liabilities assumed			(324)
  Net identifiable assets acquired			1,535
  Goodwill			1,580
  Total consideration transferred		$	3,115

  The following table provides financialNone of the goodwill recognized is deductible for income tax purposes.

  Revenue from LeChat from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2017 was immaterial. Total acquisition related costs were immaterial. Pro forma information by segment (in thousands):

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014
  Americas (principally US):
  Net Revenue		$	185,241		$	150,764		$	125,270
  Net Income		$	940		$	5,433		$	3,296
  Europe (principally UK):
  Net Revenue		$	24,095		$	11,649		$	3,327
  Net loss		$	(6,060)		$	(3,507)		$	(782)

  78

  ---

  13. ACQUISITIONS

  Voicenet Solutions Limited

  On November 11, 2013,has not been presented as the Company entered into a share purchase agreement withimpact to the shareholders and optionholders of Voicenet Solutions Limited ("Voicenet"), a provider of cloud communications and collaboration services in the United Kingdom. The total consideration transferred for VoicenetCompany's Consolidated Financial Statements was approximately $19.3 million. The Company recorded $2.9 million of net tangible assets, $4.1 million in current and non-current liabilities, $6.4 million of identifiable intangible assets, based on their estimated fair values, and $14.1 million of residual goodwill.not material.

  DXI Group Limited

  On May 26, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of DXI Limited, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, (collectively DXI) for the purchase of the entire share capital of DXI. The transaction closed effective May 29, 2015 and was not subject to regulatory approvals.2015. The total aggregate purchase price was approximately $22.5 million, consisting of $18.7 million in cash paid to the DXI shareholders at closing, and $3.8 million in cash deposited into escrow to be held for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. Approximately 352,000 shares of common stock valued at approximately $3.0 million were issued only to former management shareholders of DXI as part of the share purchase agreement and are subject to certain restrictions, including a four-year annual vesting requirement based on the continued employment of such shareholders. The shares are considered post-acquisition compensation and are not included in the consideration transferred. The value of the shares will be amortized over the vesting period of forty-eight months. The shares are further subject to indemnity claims asserted by the Company prior to vesting. Vesting of the shares is subject to acceleration in the event of the shareholder's death or disability, or upon an employment termination without adequate cause, as provided in the share purchase agreement. The cash escrow also applies only to the management shareholders of DXI and is to be released in annual installments over two years. The share purchase agreement contains representations and warranties by the management shareholders that are customary in the UK for transactions of this size and nature. The Company also awarded restricted stock units representing the right to receive approximately 53,000 shares of common stock that were valued at approximately $482,000 to certain continuing employees of DXI, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation over the requisite service period.

  The Company recorded the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The amount of goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the expected contributions of the entity to the overall corporate strategy in addition to synergies and acquired workforce of the acquired business. The finite-lived intangible assets consist of the following: customer relationships, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of two and five years; and developed technology, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of six years. The indefinite lived intangible asset consisted of a tradename. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using various income approach methods. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

  70

  ---

  The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

  			Fair Value
  Assets acquired:
  Cash		$	1,318
  Current assets			2,016
  Property and equipment			1,453
  Intangible assets			13,374
  Total assets acquired			18,161
  Liabilities assumed:
  Current liabilities and non-current liabilities			(5,734)
  Total liabilities assumed			(5,734)
  Net identifiable assets acquired			12,427
  Goodwill			10,125
  Total consideration transferred		$	22,552

  None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

  79

  ---

  DXI contributed revenue of approximately $10.0 million and a net loss of approximately ($3.2) million for the period from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2016. Total acquisition related costs were approximately $0.9 million, which were included in general and administrative expenses. The Company determined that it is impractical to include pro forma information given the difficulty in obtaining the historical financial information of DXI. Inclusion of such information would require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding DXI's historical financial results that we believethe Company believes may ultimately prove inaccurate.

  In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company updated its analysis of the valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired, which resulted in an increase of approximately $1.1 million to goodwill, a decrease in intangible assets of approximately $1.3 million, and a decrease to current and non-current liabilities of $0.2 million, compared with the preliminary estimates recorded for the first quarter of fiscal 2016. The impact of the change in preliminary values on the first quarter of fiscal 2016 statement of operations was not material. Therefore, no measurement period adjustment was required.

  Quality Software Corporation

  On June 3, 2015, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with the shareholder of QSCQuality Software Corporation (QSC) and other parties affiliated with the shareholder and QSC for the purchase of certain assets as per the purchase agreement. The total aggregate fair value of the consideration was approximately $2.9 million, which $2.2 million was paid in cash to the QSC shareholder at closing. As part of the aggregate purchases price, there is also $0.5 million in contingent consideration payable subject to attainment of certain revenue and product release milestones for the acquired business, and $0.3 million in cash held by the Company in escrow to be retained for two years as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date. The preliminary fair value of the contingent consideration and escrow amounts was $0.7 million at the acquisition date.

  The Company recorded the acquired identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The amount of goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the expected contributions of the entity to the overall corporate strategy in addition to synergies and acquired workforce of the acquired business. The finite-lived intangible assets consist of the following: customer relationships, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of five years; and developed technology, with an estimated weighted-average useful life of six years. The indefinite lived intangible asset consisted of in-process research and development and a tradename. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using various income approach methods. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

  71

  ---

  The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

  			Fair Value
  Assets acquired:
  Intangible assets		$	1,100
  Goodwill			1,789
  Total consideration transferred		$	2,889

  QSC's contributions to revenue and income for the period from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2016 were not material. Total acquisition related costs were approximately $0.1 million, which were included in general and administrative expenses. The Company determined that the acquisition was not deemed to be a material business combination and it is impractical to include such pro forma information given the difficulty in obtaining the historical financial information of QSC. Inclusion of such information would require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding QSC's historical financial results that we believethe Company believes may ultimately prove inaccurate.

  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company updated its analysis of the valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired, which resulted in an increase of approximately $125,000$0.1million to goodwill, and a decrease in intangible assets of approximately $125,000,$0.1 million compared with what was recorded for the third quarter of fiscal 2016. The impact of the change in preliminary values on the first quarter of fiscal 2016 statement of operations was not material. Therefore, no measurement period adjustment was required.

  8011. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

  In April 2018, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with MarianaIQ, Inc. The total aggregate purchase price was $3.5 million, consisting of approximately $2.6 million paid at closing and $0.9 million in cash deposited into escrow to be held for fifteen months as security against indemnity claims made by the Company after the closing date.

  72

  ---

  14. GAIN ON SETTLEMENT OF ESCROW CLAIM

  In December 2013, the Company settled an escrow claim for indemnification with the sellers of Contactual, Inc. Under the terms of the settlement, the Company recorded a gain of $0.6 million in other income, net, in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended March 31, 2014. Under the terms of the Contactual merger agreement and the escrow agreement, each indemnifying seller paid his, her or its pro rata share of the obligations owed to the Company on January 29, 2014. Upon receipt of the cash on January 29, 2014, the Company released the remaining escrow account balance to the sellers of Contactual Inc.

  15. PATENT SALE

  In June 2012, the Company entered into a patent purchase agreement and sold a family of patents to a third party for approximately $12.0 million plus a future payment of up to a maximum of $3.0 million based on future license agreements entered into by the third party purchaser. In August 2014 and February 2013, the third party entered into two separate license agreements with its customers; therefore, the Company earned an additional $1.0 million each under the patent purchase agreement for fiscal 2015 and 2013. Under the terms and conditions of the patent purchase agreement, the Company has retained certain limited rights to continue to use the patents. The patent purchase agreement contains representations and warranties customary for transactions of this type.

  16. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

  On September 30, 2013, the Company completed the sale of its dedicated server hosting business to IRC Company, Inc. ("IRC") and, as a result, no longer provides dedicated server hosting services. In the transaction, IRC purchased 100% of the stock of Central Host, Inc., which had been wholly owned by the Company and all of the assets specific to the dedicated server hosting business.

  The Company sold its dedicated server hosting business for total consideration of $3.0 million in cash, which was received on October 1, 2013.

  The dedicated server hosting business has been reported as discontinued operations. The results of operations of these discontinued operations are as follows:

  			Years Ended March 31,
  			2016			2015			2014
  Revenue		$	-		$	-		$	1,430
  Operating expense			-			-			922
  Income before income taxes			-			-			508
  Provision for income taxes			-			-			188
  Income from discontinued operations			-			-			320
  Gain on disposal of discontinued operations,
  net of income tax provision of $456			-			-			596

  81

  ---

  17.12. CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

  In thousands, except per share data amounts:

  			QUARTER ENDED																								QUARTER ENDED
  			March 31,			Dec. 31,			Sept. 30,			June 30,			March 31,			Dec. 31,			Sept. 30,			June 30,			March 31,			Dec. 31,			Sept. 30,			June 30,			March 31,			Dec. 31,			Sept. 30,			June 30,
  			2016			2015			2015			2015			2015			2014			2014			2014			2018			2017			2017			2017			2017			2016			2016			2016
  Service revenue		$	52,174		$	48,948		$	46,951		$	44,168		$	40,009		$	37,802		$	36,121		$	34,276		$	75,325		$	71,891		$	68,123		$	65,091		$	62,654		$	60,149		$	57,717		$	55,296
  Product revenue			5,160			4,220			3,991			3,724			3,521			3,570			3,477			3,637			4,019			3,684			4,360			4,007			3,834			3,527			5,466			4,745
  Total revenue			57,334			53,168			50,942			47,892			43,530			41,372			39,598			37,913			79,344			75,575			72,483			69,098			66,488			63,676			63,183			60,041
  Operating expenses:
  Cost of service revenue			9,720			9,713			9,186			8,459			7,655			7,544			7,505			6,997			13,952			12,318			12,757			11,662			10,803			10,525			10,837			10,235
  Cost of product revenue			6,103			5,087			4,596			4,382			4,173			3,959			3,762			3,969			5,826			4,675			5,098			4,884			4,187			4,240			5,782			5,505
  Research and development			6,110			6,404			6,446			5,080			4,348			3,868			3,496			3,406			10,016			8,527			8,311			7,943			7,142			7,095			6,505			6,710
  Sales and marketing			31,240			27,585			26,730			23,824			21,508			20,559			19,440			19,160			52,940			48,830			41,163			41,110			38,228			35,667			33,691			31,691
  General, and administrative			7,132			6,888			5,657			6,068			5,794			4,617			3,893			3,878			10,340			10,003			9,616			8,956			9,814			7,852			6,747			6,801
  Gain on patent sale			-			-			-			-			-			-			(1,000)			-
  Impairment of goodwill, intangible
  assets and equipment																											-			9,469			-			-			-			-			-			-
  Total operating expenses			60,305			55,677			52,615			47,813			43,478			40,547			37,096			37,410			93,074			93,822			76,945			74,555			70,174			65,379			63,562			60,942
  Income (loss) from operations			(2,971)			(2,509)			(1,673)			79			52			825			2,502			503
  Loss from operations																											(13,730)			(18,247)			(4,462)			(5,457)			(3,686)			(1,703)			(379)			(901)
  Other income, net			397			272			204			234			210			246			200			177			610			569			463			2,052			583			408			391			410
  Income (loss) from
  operations before provision
  Loss from operations before provision
  (benefit) for income taxes			(2,574)			(2,237)			(1,469)			313			262			1,071			2,702			680			(13,120)			(17,678)			(3,999)			(3,405)			(3,103)			(1,295)			12			(491)
  Provision (benefit) for
  income taxes (1)			(1,498)			(557)			423			785			79			627			1,411			672
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes																											142			70,842			(3,453)			(1,236)			(178)			30			(15)			37
  Net income (loss)		$	(1,076)		$	(1,680)		$	(1,892)		$	(472)		$	183		$	444		$	1,291		$	8		$	(13,262)		$	(88,520)		$	(546)		$	(2,169)		$	(2,925)		$	(1,325)		$	27		$	(528)
  Net income (loss) per share:
  Basic		$	(0.01)		$	(0.02)		$	(0.02)		$	(0.01)		$	0.00		$	0.01		$	0.01		$	0.00		$	(0.14)		$	(0.96)		$	(0.01)		$	(0.02)		$	(0.03)		$	(0.01)		$	0.00		$	(0.01)
  Diluted		$	(0.01)		$	(0.02)		$	(0.02)		$	(0.01)		$	0.00		$	0.01		$	0.01		$	0.00		$	(0.14)		$	(0.96)		$	(0.01)		$	(0.02)		$	(0.03)		$	(0.01)		$	0.00		$	(0.01)
  Shares used in per share calculations:	Shares used in per share calculations:																								Shares used in per share calculations:
  Basic			88,888			88,289			88,557			88,233			88,950			89,594			89,073			88,592			92,526			92,029			91,689			91,643			91,175			90,774			89,987			89,434
  Diluted			88,888			88,289			88,557			88,233			91,266			91,974			91,615			91,445			92,526			92,029			91,689			91,643			91,175			90,774			93,447			89,434

   

  (1) 73

  Comparability affected by the decrease in fiscal 2016 and 2015 in the valuation allowance related to the deferred tax asset which resulted in a decrease in the provision for income taxes of $1.1 million and $1.5 million, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and 2015, respectively.

  ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

  None.

  ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

  Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

  There have not been any changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

  82

  ---

  Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

  Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

  Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of March 31, 2016.2018. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of March 31, 2016,2018, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

  Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

  Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in the framework inInternal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. On May 29, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of DXI Group Limited (DXI). As permitted by applicable guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company's management excluded DXI's operations form its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2016. DXI operations represented 1% of the Company's consolidated total assets, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, net, and 5% of the Company's consolidated net sales as of and for the year ended March 31, 2016.

  Based on this assessment, our management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2016.2018.

  Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

  Moss Adams LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements of 8x8, Inc. and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report of Moss Adams LLP is contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

  ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

  None.For our 2018 fiscal year, quarterly bonuses under the company's Management Incentive Bonus Plan, or MIP, were determined based on achievement of individual objectives; annual awards were determined based on company performance against predetermine metrics; and both categories of awards were to be paid only if we achieved non-GAAP pre-tax net income (NGNI) at or in excess of specified thresholds - namely, break-even NGNI for quarterly awards, and NGNI at or above 3% of revenue for annual awards.

  74

  ---

  During the course of our 2018 fiscal year, our board of directors, in consultation with our chief executive officer, authorized strategic expenditures in excess of levels contemplated by our fiscal 2018 budget in order to better position the company for revenue growth in fiscal 2019. Although the company achieved its revenue targets under the MIP, we failed to achieve the minimum NGNI thresholds required for payment of fourth quarter and full year fiscal 2018 bonuses under the MIP.

  On May 28, 2018, our compensation committee approved the payment of bonuses to all MIP participants other than our CEO, notwithstanding our failure to satisfy the funding conditions, in the amounts that each participant would have received if all NGNI metrics were excluded from the relevant calculations. We expect that the following named executive officers will receive bonuses on May 31, 2018 in the amounts indicated: Mary Ellen Genovese, CFO, $128,683.67; Bryan Martin, CTO, $82,370.77; and Darren Hakeman, Senior Vice President of Strategy, Analytics and Corporate Development, $84,302.31. Ms. Genovese and Mr. Martin have elected to receive some or all of their bonuses in shares of common stock rather than cash, as described below.

  On May 28, 2018, our compensation committee also approved amendments to the MIP to (1) allow payment of bonuses in shares of our common stock in lieu of cash and (2) remove the 90-day waiting period before new hires may be eligible to participate in the MIP. For participants who elect to receive stock in lieu of cash, the number of shares will be determined based on our trading price on the award payment date, i.e., after the participant has made the election to receive stock in lieu of cash.

  PART III

  Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Registrant will file its definitive Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, and certain information included in the 20152018 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

  75

  ---

  ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

  Information regarding our directors and corporate governance will be presented in our definitive proxy statement for our 20162018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about July 22, 2016,August 10, 2018, which information is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference. However, certain information regarding current executive officers found under the heading "Executive Officers" in Item 1 of Part I hereof is also incorporated by reference in response to this Item 10.

  We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and all other employees at 8x8, Inc. This Code of Conduct and Ethics is posted in the corporate governance section of our website at http://investors.8x8.com. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this Code of Conduct and Ethics by posting such information in the corporate governance section on its website at http://investors.8x8.com.

  ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  Information relating to executive compensation will be presented in our definitive proxy statement for our 20162018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about July 22, 2016,August 10, 2018, which information is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

  83

  ---

  ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

  Information relating to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans and other information required to be provided in response to this item will be presented in our definitive proxy statement for our 20162018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about July 22, 2016,August 10, 2018, which information is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference. In addition, descriptions of our equity compensation plans are set forth in Part II, Item 8 "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA − NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Note 86 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY."

  ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

  Information required to be provided in response to this item will be presented in our definitive proxy statement for our 20162018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about July 22, 2016,August 10, 2018, which information is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

  ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

  Information required to be provided in response to this item will be presented in our definitive proxy statement for our 20162018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about July 22, 2016,August 10, 2018, which information is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

  76

  ---

  PART IV

  ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

  (a)(1) Financial Statements. The information required by this item is included in Item 8.

  (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules. See "Schedule II - Valuation of Qualifying Accounts" (below) within Item 15 of this Annual Report.

  (a)(3) Exhibits. The documents listed on the Exhibit Index appearing in this Annual Report are filed herewith or hereby incorporated by reference. Copies of the exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index will be furnished, upon request, to holders or beneficial owners of the Company's common stock.

  84

  ---

  SCHEDULE II
  VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
  (in thousands)

   

  			Balance at			Additions						Balance			Balance at			Additions						Balance
  			Beginning			Charged to						at End			Beginning			Charged to						at End
  Description			of Year			Expenses			Deductions (a)			of Year			of Year			Expenses			Deductions (a)			of Year
  Total Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
  Year ended March 31, 2014:		$	327		$	571		$	(432)		$	466
  Year ended March 31, 2015:		$	466		$	279		$	(329)		$	416
  Year ended March 31, 2016:		$	416		$	509		$	(339)		$	586		$	416		$	509		$	(339)		$	586
  Year ended March 31, 2017:														$	586		$	941		$	(573)		$	954
  Year ended March 31, 2018:														$	954		$	250		$	(300)		$	904

  (a) The deductions related to allowance for doubtful accounts represent accounts receivable which are written off.

  8577

  ---

  (a)(3) Exhibits. Copies of the exhibits listed will be furnished, upon request, to holders or beneficial owners of the Company's common stock.

  Exhibit Number	Exhibit Title
  3.1 (a)	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, dated August 22, 2012
  3.2 (b)	Bylaws of Registrant
  10.1 (c)	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers
  10.2*.**	Amended and Restated 2015 Executive Change-In-Control and Severance Policy
  10.3*.**	2017 Executive Change-In-Control and Severance Policy
  10.4*.**	Third Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan
  10.5 (d)*	Second Amended and Restated 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended, and form of Subscription Agreement
  10.6 (e)*	Amended and Restated Contactual, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan
  10.7 (e)*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated Contactual, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan
  10.8 (f)*	2006 Stock Plan, as amended
  10.9 (g)*	Form of 2006 Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Stock Plan
  10.10 (h)*	Form of Notice of Award of Stock Purchase Right and Stock Purchase Agreement under the 2006 Stock Plan
  10.11 (i)*	Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
  10.12 (j)*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
  10.13 (j)*	Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award and Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
  10.14 (s)*	8x8, Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
  10.15 (k)*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
  10.16 (k)*	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award and Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
  10.17 (l)*	8x8, Inc. 2017 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
  10.18 (l)*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 8x8, Inc. 2017 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
  10.19 (l)*	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award and Agreement under 8x8, Inc. 2017 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan

  78

  ---

  10.20 (m)*	Employment Agreement dated September 9, 2013 between the Company and Vikram Verma
  10.21 (m)*	Employment Agreement dated September 9, 2013 between the Company and Darren Hakeman
  10.22 (n)*	Employment Agreement dated October 6, 2014 between the Company and Mary Ellen Genovese
  10.23 (c)*	Amendment to Employment Agreement dated July 31, 2015 between the Company and Vikram Verma
  10.24 (d)*	Employment Agreement dated May 15, 2017 between the Company and Rani Hublou
  10.25 (o)*	Employment Agreement dated September 4, 2017 between the Company and Dejan Deklich
  10.26 (p)	Lease dated April 27, 2012, between Registrant and O'Nel Office Holdings, LLC
  10.27 (q)	Standard Form Office Lease, dated as of January 20, 2016, by and between MNCVAD-Seagate 2665 North First LLC, and the Company
  10.28 (r)	Lease dated June 22, 2016, between Registrant and One Commercial Street Management Company Limited
  10.29**	Lease dated January 23, 2018, between CAP Phase 1, LLC and Registrant
  21.1 (d)	Subsidiaries of Registrant
  23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  24.1	Power of Attorney (included on page 81)
  31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Rule 13a-14
  31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Rule 13a-14
  32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  101.INS**	XBRL Instance Document
  101.SCH**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
  101.CAL**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
  101.DEF**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
  101.LAB**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
  101.PRE**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

  79

  ---

  __________

  * Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
  **Filed herewith.

  (a)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 28, 2013 (File No. 000-21783).
  (b)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed July 29, 2015 (File No. 000-21783).
  (c)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 and 10.3 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 31, 2015 (File No. 000-21783).
  (d)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4, 10.34 and 21.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 30, 2017 (File No. 000-21783).
  (e)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.16 and 10.17 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed September 19, 2011 (File No. 333-176895).
  (f)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 26, 2009 (File No. 000-21783).
  (g)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed February 7, 2007 (File No. 000-21783).
  (h)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 26, 2009 (File No. 000-21783).
  (i)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed August 09, 2016 (File No. 333-213032).
  (j)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.20 and 10.21 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed August 28, 2012 (File No. 333-183597).
  (k)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23, 10.24 and 10.25 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed September 10, 2013 (File No. 333-191080).
  (l)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23, 10.24 and 10.25 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed November 2, 2017 (File No. 333-221290).
  (m)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 and 10.6 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2013 (File No. 000-21783).
  (n)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed October 22, 2014 (File no. 000-21783).
  (o)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.36 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed November 2, 2017 (File No. 000-21783).
  (p)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 24, 2012 (File no. 000-21783).
  (q)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 31, 2016 (File No. 000-21783).
  (r)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 29, 2016 (File No. 000-21783).
  (s)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed November 2, 2016 (File No. 000-21783).

  ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

  None.

  80

  ---

  SIGNATURES

  Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant, 8x8, Inc., a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on May 31, 2016.30, 2018.

  	8X8, INC.
  	By: /s/ VIKRAM VERMA Vikram Verma, Chief Executive Officer

  POWER OF ATTORNEY

  KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Vikram Verma and Mary Ellen Genovese, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:

  Signature	Title	Date
  /s/ VIKRAM VERMA Vikram Verma	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	May 31, 201630, 2018
  /s/ MARY ELLEN GENOVESE Mary Ellen Genovese	Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	May 31, 201630, 2018
  /s/ BRYAN R. MARTIN Bryan R. Martin	Chairman and Chief Technology Officer	May 31, 201630, 2018
  /s/ HENRIK GERDES Henrik Gerdes	Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	May 30, 2018
  /s/ GUY L. HECKER Guy L. Hecker, Jr.	Director	May 31, 201630, 2018
  /s/ ERIC SALZMAN Eric Salzman	Director	May 31, 201630, 2018
  /s/ IAN POTTER Ian Potter	Director	May 31, 201630, 2018
  /s/ JASWINDER PAL SINGH Jaswinder Pal Singh	Director	May 31, 201630, 2018
  /s/ VLADIMIR JACIMOVIC Vladimir Jacimovic	Director	May 31, 201630, 2018

  86

  ---

  8X8, INC.
  EXHIBIT INDEX

  Exhibit Number	Exhibit Title
  3.1 (x)	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, dated August 22, 2012
  3.2 (a)	Bylaws of Registrant
  10.1 (b)	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers
  10.2 (c)*	Employment Agreement dated September 9, 2013 between the Company and Vikram Verma
  10.3 (d)*	1996 Stock Plan, as amended, and form of Stock Option Agreement
  10.4 (e)*	Amended and Restated 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended, and form of Subscription Agreement
  10.5 (f)*	1996 Director Option Plan, as amended and Form of Director Option Agreement
  10.5.1 (g)*	Form of Director Option Agreement for 1996 Director Option Plan
  10.6 (h)	Employment Agreement dated September 9, 2013 between the Company and Darren Hakeman
  10.7 (i)*	2006 Stock Plan, as amended
  10.8 (j)*	Severance Agreement and General Release
  10.9 (k)*	Form of 2006 Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Stock Plan
  10.10 (l)*	Form of Notice of Award of Stock Purchase Right and Stock Purchase Agreement under the 2006 Stock Plan
  10.11	Reserved
  10.12 (m)	Lease dated April 27, 2012, between Registrant and O'Nel Office Holdings, LLC
  10.13 (n)	Reserved
  10.14 (o)	Reserved
  10.15	Reserved
  10.16(p)*	Annual Executive Incentive Plan.
  10.17(q)*	Amended and Restated Contactual, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan
  10.18(q)*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated Contactual, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan
  10.19(r)*	Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
  10.20(s)*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
  10.21(s)*	Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award and Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

  87

  ---

  10.22(t)*	Management Incentive Bonus Plan
  10.23(u)	8x8, Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
  10.24(u)	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
  10.25(u)	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award and Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2013 New Employee Inducement Incentive Plan
  10.23(v)	Share Purchase Agreement, dated November 11, 2013, by and among 8x8 UK Investments Limited and 8x8, Inc. and the material sellers and the material option holders and Voicenet Solutions Limited
  10.27(w)*	Employment Agreement dated October 6, 2014 between the Company and Mary Ellen Genovese
  10.28(y)*	Employment Agreement dated January 7, 2015 between the Company and Puneet Arora
  10.29(z)	Executive Change-in-Control and Severance policy
  10.30(aa)*	Amended Employment Agreement dated July 31, 2015 between the Company and Vikram Verma
  10.31(bb)	Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Certain Officers
  10.32**	Standard Form Office Lease, dated for reference purposes only as of January 20, 2016, by and between MNCVAD-Seagate 2665 North First LLC, and the Company
  21.1	Subsidiaries of Registrant
  23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  24.1	Power of Attorney (included on page 83)
  31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Rule 13a-14
  31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant pursuant to Rule 13a-14
  32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  101.INS**	XBRL Instance Document
  101.SCH**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
  101.CAL**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
  101.DEF**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
  101.LAB**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
  101.PRE**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

  __________

  * Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

  **Filed herewith.

  88

  ---

  (a)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K filed October 23, 2013 (File No. 000-21783).
  (b)	Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibits to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 Commission (File No. 333-15627) as amended, declared effective July 1, 1997.
  (c)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2013 (File No. 000-21783).
  (d)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed November 7, 2000 (File No. 333-49410).
  (e)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed September 26, 2006 (File No. 333-137599).
  (f)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed August 28, 2003 (File No. 333-108290).
  (g)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed November 7, 2000 (File No. 333-49410).
  (h)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2013 (File No. 000-21783)
  (i)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 26, 2009 (File No. 000-21783).
  (j)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed November 5, 2013 (File No. 000-21783)
  (k)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed February 7, 2007 (File No. 000-21783).
  (l)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 26, 2009 (File No. 000-21783).
  (m)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 24, 2012 (File no. 000-21783).
  (n)	Reserved
  (o)	Reserved
  (p)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 22, 2011 (File No. 000-21783).
  (q)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.16 and 10.17 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed September 19, 2011 (File No. 333-176895).
  (r)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed August 11, 2014 (File No. 333-198012).
  (s)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.20 and 10.21 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed August 28, 2012 (File No. 333-183597).
  (t)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed January 25, 2013 (File No. 000-21783).
  (u)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23, 10.24 and 10.25 to the Registrant's Form S-8 filed September 10, 2013 (File No. 333-191080).
  (v)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed November 13, 2013 (File no. 000-21783).
  (w)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed October 22, 2014 (File no. 000-21783).
  (x)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 28, 2013 (File No. 000-21783).

  89

  ---

  (y)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 000-21783).
  (z)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 31, 2015 (File No. 000-21783).
  (aa)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 31, 2015 (File No. 000-21783).
  (bb)	Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed July 31, 2015 (File No. 000-21783).

  9081

  ---